ifm catalogue control systems
-
Upload
ifm-electronic-gmbh -
Category
Documents
-
view
438 -
download
18
Transcript of ifm catalogue control systems
Control systemsfor mobile vehicles
Catalogue 2009/2010
ww
w.if
m.c
om
/gb
/mo
bile
fluid sensorsand diagnostic
systems
bus,identification
and control systems
positionsensors
and objectrecognition
Inclinometers
2-axis inclination sensor
The automation of vehicles and mobile machines can nolonger be imagined without controller electronics andsensors. Often the horizontal alignment of machines ormachine parts is an important requirement for reliableoperation. Typical examples are mobile cranes or accessplatforms.The inclinometer detects precisely the deviations of thetwo measurement axes (X and Y direction). As the sen-sor must often be mounted at difficult positions in thevehicle, special attention has been given to the mecha-nical and electrical properties of the sensor during deve-lopment. The high accuracy is achieved with measuringcells which operate to the conductometric principle. Thechange in conductivity of a liquid is determined. Depen-ding on the sensor inclination the electrodes are sur-rounded by a different level of liquid. This results in abehaviour comparable to that of a potentiometer. Dueto a suitable arrangement of the electrodes the signedvalues for the two axes are obtained.
Parameter setting of the displayresolution via the CAN bus.
Compact and robust design.
Signal output via CAN or via twoanalogue current interfaces.
CAN interface with CANopen protocol.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Adapter cable for CAN deviceswith M12 connector (5-pole) EC2062
Socket M128-pole, straight, 2 m E80021
Socket M128-pole, angled, 2 m E80022
Socket M12wirable, 5-pole, straight E11511
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 127Further accessories are available starting on page 143
Application example
InclinometerZero point levelling and position detection of mobile machines
Angularrange
Numberof axes
Resolution /accuracy
Interface Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
±15° 2 0.001° / 0.025° CAN M12 25 1 CR2101
±45° 2 0.1° / 0.5° analogue / CAN M12 27 2 CR2102
Common technical data
Housing: aluminiumTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 80 mA (at 24 V DC)Interface: CANCANopen: CiA DS 301 V 3 (V 4 CR2102)
profile WDP 410Baud rate: 20...1,000 Kbits/sCE, e1 (only CR2102)
You can find scale drawings from page 187
Sensors formobile applications
Inclination sensors
Sensors with CAN interface
110
Inclinationsensors
Page
Sensors for mobile applications
Sensorswith CANinterface
110 - 111
Analoguesensors /switches
112 - 113
Inductivesensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Inductiveefector m
sensors
114 - 117
Pressuresensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic
applications
118 - 119
Inclination sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
111
Block diagram CR2101
8-bitμController
EEPROM
CAN
3
1
4
2
sensorhybrid
clock
+UB
reset
+UB5
Block diagram CR2102
16-bitμController
EEPROMCAN
clock
+UB
reset
Iout-X IU
AD
Iout-Y GALclock generator
sensor
A
D
MUX
IU
AD
1 2 3 4 5 6
10
11
12
13
14
16
15
The easy way to find what you are looking for
7 98
HeaderSection
Heading
Product
Product group name
Heading repeated
Illustration
2
3
4
5
6
1
Navigation barCurrent heading
Arrow = You are here
Other headings
8
9
7
LeftSpecial features of the units
Recommended accessoriesand connectors
Product description
Notes for further details
11
12
13
10
RightTechnical data
Block diagram, wiring diagrams of theunits or common technical data
Current section
15
16
14
3
General information Notes and explanations
List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Signal converters Frequency, currentand voltage converters
Diagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memory,CAN interface and CAN diagnosis
Sensors for mobile applications
Inclination sensors,inductive sensors,pressure sensors
Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Accessories Accessories for control systems
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagramsScale drawingsTechnical glossaryifm information and ordering service
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
5 - 20
23 - 25
27 - 51
53 - 67
69 - 85
121 - 127
87 - 99
101 - 119
129 - 136
139 - 152
156 - 178180 - 195196 - 200202 - 211
Notes and explanations
General introduction 6 - 20
General information
5
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Mobile machines and installations are often specially tailored to the applica-tions and thus very expensive. Consequently, a high uptime of these cost-intensive machines and installations is of utmost priority. The machine needsto provide extensive, simple and reliable diagnostic information enablingoperators to locate faults quickly, therefore reducing downtime. Safe oper-ating concepts, adapted to the respective operating situation, help to avoidincorrect handling. Displays provide the necessary overview for the operator.The operating and system states must be stored for statistics and documen-tation by means of an operational data logger. Due to increasing legalrequirements for the machine manufacturers the systems are becomingmore and more complex. Against this background, networked electronicsystems are used in order to reduce wiring complexity.The bus system enables the decentralised arrangement of powerful input /output modules close to the sensors and actuators. The components aremounted where data are provided or required. In addition, the componentsmust be easy to mount and handle in case of service. This is achieved by themechanical design as well as by easy and clear integration during program-ming. Last but not least the components and devices used must withstand extrememechanical, climatic and electrical conditions and reliably function for a longtime. All above-mentioned requirements aim at: The development of relia-ble, cost-optimised and thus competitive machines.
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
6
Control technology for mobile applicationsLife today cannot be imagined without electronics in modern motor vehiclesand mobile machines. Many necessary and convenient functions could notbe implemented without electronic support. In contrast to electronics in consumer goods and “normal” industrial applications such as packagingmachines and conveyors the requirements for components for mobile appli-cations are much higher.
Modern shredderfor wood andwood waste. Onlyan extremelypowerful controlsystem such asecomatmobileallows safe andreliable opera-tion. When therecycling materialis processed thewhole machineand thus also theelectronics areexposed to highimpacts.
The electronicsare protected bymeans of specialhousing and installation con-cepts. As the elec-tronics are in-stalled within themachine the components areexposed to hightemperaturesfrom the dieselengine.
Requirements
The components need to be carefully selected, mainly because of the ex-treme mechanical stress caused by impacts and shocks and the use at extremeoperating temperatures. The direct influence of dirt, humidity and wateroften cannot be excluded in field applications. Therefore a high protectionrating and a special selection of the materials are required for the devices.In addition to mechanical and environmental influences, electrical interferenceaffecting the whole system as well as individual devices, have to be takeninto account. A wide supply voltage range and well-adapted protectivemeasures ensure safe operation of the devices even in case of large voltagefluctuations by the battery / generator system. Strong conducted or radiatedinterference must not influence the function either.
Electronic requirements
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Notes and explanations
7
For device networking the CAN bus has become the successful standard inthe last few years. Whereas for the high volume production of passengercars special, optimised and well-adapted protocols are used, the CANopenprotocol has become indispensable in mobile machines. Manufacturer andindustry-specific protocols, such as diagnostic engine data according to SAEJ 1939, the agricultural bus system (ISO bus) and the truck-trailer interfacefor articulated lorries can be coupled to the machine process via gateways.
The most important functional unitsModern mobile machines consist of different segments. The automationcomponents of the ecomatmobile control system, particularly suited formobile applications, can be used for various tasks in these segments.Depending on the requirements they assume for example controlling, moni-toring or displaying functions. Networking is made via the CAN bus with theCANopen protocol.
Segment driveIn contrast to utility vehicles, often consisting of a truck and a body (e.g. a refuse truck), special machines are assembled from single elements by themanufacturer. The drive is therefore precisely adapted to the machine andthe later task (e.g. a mobile crane). It has to fulfil two essential tasks, onhighway as a vehicle and off highway operation as a construction machine.If safe operation on the highway is to be possible the control componentsmust meet safety requirements for road traffic use, defined by e1 type ap-proval. Without e1 type approval the operating permit is invalid.When the vehicle arrives at the site where it is used it becomes a construc-tion machine. Now, different conditions apply. The vehicle has to be suitedfor off-road use and needs to be easily manoeuvrable. The control compo-nents used are thus switched to the respective operating situation.
Segment diesel engineSo-called industrial engines are mainly used in construction machines. Theseare engines which are ideally tailored to the requirements of the machinebuilder. Depending on the mechanical design and the performance ratingthey can be used for different purposes. Modern engines moreover feature a CAN interface which is accessible for the user. It is mainly designed accord-ing to the US standard SAE J 1939. In this standard the different CAN iden-tifiers are assigned to the specific data of the engine, such as operating tem-perature, oil pressure, torque or rotational speed. For the control of the operating process these data are filtered by means ofthe gateway function of the R 360 controller and – if necessary – also pro-cessed with the software. It is also possible to use the R 360 gateway func-tion to connect two networks operating at different transmission rates.
The mobile craneat the construc-
tion site. Only a sensible and
reliable machinecontrol can meet
the requirements.
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
8
Segment working element or vehicle bodyThis segment is the actual operating process of the machine. Decentralisedoutput modules trigger the hydraulic valves. For the operation of proportion-al valves these modules also feature current-controlled PWM outputs. Thecurrent value is transmitted via the bus and controlled by the module.Furthermore sensor signals are read by the bus modules and transmitted tothe process controller.In small machines as well as in large and complex systems whole functionalunits are controlled by intelligent slave modules such as the SmartController.These freely programmable devices directly process all relevant signals of thecorresponding machine function. Depending on the type of machine orvehicle only status messages and processed data are transmitted to otherparticipants in the network.
Segment input and outputThe machine is operated by means of different control elements. By usingcabinet modules, I/O modules for use in operating and control panels, theinformation from joysticks, switches and pushbuttons is transmitted to theprocess controller via CAN bus where it is processed. The PDM360 graphicdisplay informs the operator about the machine’s operational status. Meaningful symbols and texts help to quickly locate possible errors. Opera-tional and diagnostic data can be stored on memory cards if necessary. Incase of service they provide significant information on the application andthe cause of the failure. If, in addition, the CAN / GSM radio modem CANcomis integrated into the network error messages can directly be sent to the serv-ice department or to the machine manufacturer. Especially with machineswhich are used worldwide considerable service cost savings can be made.
The CAN / GSMradio modem
directly transmitsmachine data
and error mes-sages to the serv-
ice department.
Robust I/O mod-ules for decentral-ised use in mobileapplications
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
9
Safety technologyThere are functions in almost all mobile machines which may endangermaterial and persons. Many movements cannot be secured due to themachine’s size and the extreme conditions under which they are used. Thisalso explains why only a few, instructed people are allowed into the opera-ting areas of these systems. Of course the manufacturers do their best todesign safe machines which minimise the risk of accidents. Today, everymanufacturer has to comply with the general regulations for a safe machinedesign. But as these regulations and standards apply for many differentmachines they cannot be precisely adapted to the function of a specialmachine. Therefore there is an increasing number of product standardswhich are specifically tailored to these requirements.In some types of applications (e.g. vehicle lifts) there have been clear, defi-ned product standards for some time now. The employers’ liability insuranceassociations also often have clear requirements towards the manufacturersof machines.For this reason there is an increasing demand for certified electronic assem-blies for mobile machines. The SafetyController can be used in applicationswhich require components up to safety category 3. The safety conceptmonitors all internal and external functions and safely switches off in thecase of an error. In future the CANopen protocol will also be used for thetransmission of safe data. The protocol addition CANopen Safety enablesthe transmission of safe and ”non-safe“ data on the same bus cable.
type Astandards
basicsafety
requirementsfor all machines
basic safety standards
safety groupstandards
productstandards
B1 standardsgeneralsafety
requirements
B2 standardsspecialsafety
requirements
type C standards
specialsafety requirements
for individual machines
type B standards
Classification of the differentsafety standardsfor machines andinstallations.
Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
10
ecomatmobile, control technology for extreme conditionsThe components presented in this catalogue have been developed and opti-mised for increased requirements in close co-operation with our customersover a period of several years. ifm electronic now supplies a sophisticatedcontrol and automation system which conforms to the needs of the market.In addition to flexibility and performance attention was given to thefollowing points:
Use even at extreme operating temperatures.Safety under extreme mechanical stress caused by impacts and shocks.Use even with direct exposure to dirt, water and humidityOperational reliability despite strong supply voltage fluctuationsby the battery / generator system.Insensitivity to conducted and radiated interferencein the whole electrical system.Application-related networking possible with the CAN bus systemsuitable for mobile applications.
Requirements for mobile and robust machine conceptsElectronic components are not only increasingly used in “normal” motorvehicles but also in modern mobile machines and installations.The following points sum up the main reasons for this development:
High uptime of the machines and installations to minimise downtimecosts.Extensive, simple and safe system diagnosis for fast error locationdirectly by the operators.Safe and simple handling via displays and other input modulesaccording to the respective operating situation.Simple handling for mounting and service of the componentsin use owing to the modular concept.Reduced wiring by means of decentralisation: Powerful input / outputmodules are used where data are provided or required.Documentation of the operating and system states by meansof an operational data logger. With real-time clock, statistic andprotocol functions informative system reports can be created.
These requirements can only be met with components precisely developedand made for the corresponding application.ifm electronic develops and makes such automation components andsystems. This includes a wide range of sensing and control products e.g. pro-ximity switches, pressure sensors, complex control systems and much more.
ecomatmobilestands for highreliability underextreme oper-ating conditions.
All componentswithstand impacts
and shocks as well as electrical
interference.
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
11
CAN – The fieldbus for mobile machinesThe basicsAt the beginning of the 1980s a bus system was developed in co-operationwith some automotive manufacturers, which preferably was to be used forengine management. About 20 years later this bus system – CAN (ControllerArea Network) – has become the standard in modern vehicles and mobilemachines and installations. When several machine parts (e.g. engine, driveand operating function) are networked to form a whole system, CAN pro-vides decisive advantages. Also, when the CAN bus was developed, the spe-cial operating conditions had already been taken into account. Therefore ifm electronic also uses this safe and reliable bus system for theecomatmobile control system. The “Controller Area Network” (CAN) is defined in the international stan-dard ISO 11898. It is based on the Producer / Consumer Network Model. It allows data to be very efficiently distributed to the other network partici-pants by means of the broadcast method. At the same time the Producer /Consumer Model also allows communication according to the master / slaveor peer-to-peer principles. These different principles are used depending onthe type of mobile machine and its special design.
WAN, Internet TCP/IP
LAN, H1, Ethernet, Profinet
Interbus, DeviceNet, Modbus,Profibus, CAN
AS-interface
visualisation
control
processing
input/output
networking
The CAN bus is used to read,write and processsensor and actua-tor signals.
Especially whenseveral machineparts are inter-connected CANoffers decisiveadvantages.
The CAN communication servicesIrrespective of the network configuration the transmission of the messagesalways takes place between a sending node (producer) and a receiving node(consumer). With CAN data transmission no addresses are assigned to theindividual participants. Instead, each message to be transmitted (e.g. oiltemperature, rotational engine speed) is given a clear identification mark(identifier) which is valid in the whole network. This identifier also definesthe priority of the message. This ensures that even in the case of simultaneous access by several partici-pants the more important message is transmitted first. In contrast to otherbus systems the messages are not assigned a target address but an identifi-cation mark (identifier). The message can be clearly identified by means ofthis identifier. CAN is therefore not a participant-oriented protocol but amessage-oriented protocol.
Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
12
processmessage
receivemessage
receivemessage
receivemessage
sendmessage
station 1 station 2 station 3 station 4
generatemessage
processmessage
checkmessage
checkmessage
checkmessage
CAN is not a par-ticipant-orientedbut a message-oriented protocol.
In this example station 2, as the producer, generates a message and gives itto the bus. All other CAN participants receive this message at the same timeas consumers and check the identifier of the sent message. On the basis ofthe identifier each receiver decides whether it has to process the message (inthe example stations 1 and 4) or whether no reaction is required (in theexample station 3). This mechanism is called acceptance filtering. Transmission according to thebroadcast method thus relieves the network because several consumers canbe addressed by a single message at the same time. As each participant inthe network is constantly “listening” all participants have the same datainformation. Complex synchronisation and data management are not neces-sary.Due to the definition of certain identifiers which are used by a transmitterfor its messages and which at the same time trigger a reaction of one receiv-er peer-to-peer connections can also be established. In this case all nodesare listening but only one participant reacts due to the identifier of the sentmessage. Peer-to-peer communication represents a possible variant to thebroadcast communication. Peer-to-peer connections are mainly used for thetransmission of device configuration data or for the upload / download ofprograms. The allocation of the identifiers to the respective messages of thebus participants can also be carried out in such a way that communication iscentrally managed via a master. Such a master / slave architecture is recom-mended when new nodes are to be integrated into a CAN network withoutconsiderable configuration efforts. These only have to establish a communi-cation channel to the master module, which then forwards the messages.Given that the bus is only accessed when data are to be transmitted the busloading can be easily controlled and monitored.
An agriculturalmachine with
centralised con-trol unit.
The identifierA CAN message is composed of three main parts: The identifier, the datafield and the help and protective information for the data transmission. Theidentifier can be used as an 11-bit or 29-bit variant. 2,048 different messa-ges can be distinguished by means of the 11-bit identifier. This is sufficientfor most CAN protocols such as CANopen. The extended 29-bit identifier isfor example used in agricultural technology and also for the exchange ofengine data in accordance with SAE J 1939. Due to the large amount of dif-ferent messages possible (536,870,912) certain information and data can beassigned to specific identifiers. For example this then allows all engine manu-facturers to use the same specific messages.
The structure of a CAN message
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
13
identifier
start ofmessage
data CRC
controlbits
end ofmessage
Structure of the CAN message.
The user data0 to 8 data bytes can be transmitted in the data field. It contains the actualinformation for the other network participants.Help and protective information for error detectionIn contrast to other bus systems, the CAN protocol does not acknowledgereceived data. If a bus participant detects an error, e.g. because of a faultychecksum (CRC), it immediately sends an error message and thus causes theabortion of the transmission or the rejection of the correct messages alreadyreceived by the other participants. It is therefore ensured that all participantshave correct and uniform data. Since the error message is directly transmit-ted the sender can repeat the disturbed message immediately, as opposed tofieldbus systems (they wait until a defined acknowledgement time haselapsed).CAN data safetyWith the introduction of safety-related systems in mobile machines andinstallations the requirements for the safety of data transmission have in-creased. To avoid dangerous states the data protection must be high and theprobability of undiscovered errors must be low.Errors mainly occur if data are distorted by external influences (e.g. electro-magnetic interference). A sensible statement on error probability can beachieved by means of a calculation model.If a data rate of 500 Kbits/s, an average bus load of 50 % and an averagemessage length of 80 bits are assumed you obtain the following values:With an operating time for the system of 8 hours a day on 365 days a yearand an error rate of 0.7 errors/s the statistical mean value is one undiscov-ered error in 1000 years.
Designing a CAN systemWith CAN, equal network participants (e.g. controllers, sensors, decentral-ised input / output modules) are interconnected via a serial bus. The electricalconnection is a three-wire line, consisting of the CANH, CANL and CANGNDcables which are, depending on the requirements, screened or unscreened.
Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
14
Node 1 Node n
120
CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN Bus Line
120
General structure of aCAN network.
0
1000
bus length [m]
baud r
ate
[K
bits
/s]
51000010 50 100 200 1000
500
200
100
50
20
10
The maximumdata transmissionrate depends on
the length of thebus cable.
The structure of the networkThe ISO 11898 standard assumes a line structure of the CAN network. Inaddition the CANH and CANL cables must be provided with a 120 Ω termi-nating resistor on each end.
Ideally, no spur should lead to the bus participants (node 1... node n) becausedepending on the total cable length and the transmission time, reflectionsmay occur on the bus. However, in practice this requirement often cannot beimplemented. In order to avoid that the spurs to a bus participant (e.g. to anI /O module) cause system errors they should not exceed a certain length.Spurs up to a length of 2 m are considered to pose no problem. The sum ofall spurs in the whole system should not exceed 30 m. In any case a networkdesign should be examined under real conditions (field test) in practice.The length of the bus cable depends on the characteristics of the bus con-nection (cable, connector), the cable resistance and the necessary transmis-sion rate (baud rate). As described above, the length of the spurs must alsobe considered for the network design. Simplified, the following dependencebetween bus length and baud rate can be assumed:
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
15
The CAN functions described above control the physical link and the datatransmission between the bus participants. For a practical CAN applicationthis means that the programmer is responsible for the definition of the dataprotocol for the specific application.To obtain a uniform protocol for networking different CAN participantsCANopen has been defined. It defines the meaning of the data for the cor-responding device type (e.g. I /O module, drive, encoder, etc.). With thesedefinitions the application programmer can access many components fromdifferent manufacturers with CANopen capability without any intensivework on the protocol. CANopen participants which belong to the same dev-ice family have their data organised in the same way. The characteristics ofthese device classes are indicated in the “device profiles”.Despite this definition the basic CAN structure which allows each bus partic-ipant to send messages (data) to the network is maintained. Only the net-work master (NMT master) exists once and is used, among others, for theinitialisation and monitoring of the system.A list of device parameters is defined in CANopen nodes in the object direc-tory (OD) in which all settings are described and stored. It does not onlyserve as a device description but also as an interface for the access to thedata by other CANopen devices. Larger, non time-critical data volumes are transmitted via “Service DataObjects” (SDOs). In addition there are at least two “Process Data Objects”(PDOs) for transmitting and receiving time-critical process data.Monitoring of the participants and the network is also carried out via CANobjects. The “Nodeguarding Object” or the “Heartbeat” monitors if a partic-ipant responds within a defined time. “Emergency Objects” are transmittedfor the display of hardware and software errors.
CANopenTo make things even simpler for the CAN user the standardised protocollayer CANopen is based on the existing definitions. More and more manu-facturers of machines and installations join to form “user groups” to maketheir specific definitions on the basis of these standards. This is why CANwith the protocol layer CANopen provides the future-oriented and flexiblebasis for a bus system in mobile machines and installations.
General information on CANopen
All devices described in this catalogue with CAN interface support theCANopen protocol.When using CANopen devices from ifm electronic configuration can be carried out by means of the programming software and the control modules(network master) but also by means of external tools (PC software, CAN-view analyser). Which tool is best suited depends on the complexity and on the systemrequirements. ifm electronic supports project engineers and programmerswith the appropriate tools and services.
CAN in ecomatmobile components
Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
16
In general, these are machines with fewer operating functions. Only a fewcontroller inputs and outputs are needed.
Controller module with suitable I /O configuration (e.g. CR0020).Dialogue module to display system states and diagnostic data. Depen-ding on the requirements a PDM360 display with graphic capabilities(e.g. CR1050) or the PDM360 smart display (e.g. CR1070).
Automation of a mobile machineWhich devices are suited for the individual applications mainly depends onthe design of the machine or installation. Also, the service and mountingconcept is important for the device selection.For the sake of simplicity a distinction is made between three concepts:
Typical applications:Equipment mounted on agricultural machines, access platforms, compactconstruction machines, simple monitoring and diagnostic modules.
Machines with distributed intelligenceMachines, which can be split up in logical function blocks, can often be op-erated with several stand-alone controller modules. The input and outputrequirement of these machines is higher and often includes several independ-ent controller elements. Only a few data have to be exchanged between theindividual controllers.
Two or more controller modules with suitable I /O configuration (e.g.CR0020 / CR0505). Each module has its own application program. Data,which are important for the whole system, are provided via the CAN bus.Dialogue module to display system states and diagnostic data.Depending on the requirements a PDM360 colour display with graphiccapabilities (e.g. CR1051) or the PDM360 smart display (e.g. CR1070).
Typical applications:Complex construction machines, mobile cranes, aircraft tractors, multiple-unit vehicles, fork-lift trucks.
Machines with central controller
F1esc F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
Typical exampleof a machine with a centralcontroller.
Extreme shockand vibration:
Reliable functionof the sensitive
electronics mustbe guaranteed
under harsh operating condi-
tions as well.
Distributed intelligence: In
the differentfunctional
segments ofmobile cranes
segment-specificcontrol units are
often used.
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
17
For reducing the wiring complexity a decentralised machine design is recom-mended. Several decentralised input / output modules are connected to acentral controller. Via the CAN bus the data are read and processed in thecontroller and then transferred again to the I /O modules. Depending on thecomplexity of the installation the correct design of the bus system must beensured.
Controller module with suitable I /O configuration (e.g. CR0505).One or several decentralised input / output modules which are networkedvia the CAN bus (CANopen protocol).Dialogue module to display system states and diagnostic data. Depen-ding on the requirements a PDM360 display with graphic capabilities(e.g. CR1051) or the PDM360 smart display (e.g. CR1070).
Typical applications:Complex construction machines, drilling tools, municipal vehicles.
Machines with decentralised control technology
F1esc F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
CAN slaves
CAN master
CAN/CANopen
Typical exampleof a machine witha decentralisedcontroller.
Decentralisedcontrol techno-
logy is often used in munici-
pal vehicles.
Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
18
3 steps to define the mobile control systemStep 1: Definition of the automation conceptFirst the automation concept must be defined. It depends on the size of themachine and complexity of the control task. Integration of the system com-ponents and after-sale service must also be taken into account when thesystem is designed.Small compact machines are often fitted with a central control system. Ifnecessary, some actuators, e.g. remote valve blocks, are connected to thesystem via a CAN module. Since components without the required protec-tion rating are often used they are mounted in a control cabinet. For practi-cal reasons the controller is then also installed there.
If there is a control cabinet
anyway, the controller is often
also mountedthere for practical
reasons.
Ring
Node2
CAN_H
Node1
Node4
Node5
Node3
CAN_L
Linie/Line
Node2
CAN_H
Node1
Node4
Node5
Node3
CAN_L
Stern/Star
Node2
CAN_H
Node1
Node4
Node5
Node3
CAN_L
When the CANnetwork is designed, the network structuremust be takeninto account.
If it is possible from a technical and commercial point of view, the structureshould be decentralised. To do so, the machine is divided into logical func-tion units. Hydraulic valve blocks, sensors and machine specific functions aredivided into a clearly structured network. The advantage: In case of a serviceonly individual modules have to be checked and replaced, if necessary.The following points should be taken into account for the systemdesign.
Where are the system components positioned? Are they protectedagainst extreme mechancial stress (e.g. impact from stones or otherdebris on the connector system)? Extreme temperatures (e.g. hotasphalt) can also influence the components.Which wiring is chosen (material and cable design)?Where are the cables routed?
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
19
How can an optimum network structure be implemented?Which operating concept is planned? Conventional design with mecha-nical switches and pushbuttons wired onto the controller module or anI /O module? Or is the machine to be operated via a dialogue module,e.g. PDM360?Which diagnostic and service functions are planned? Are system messa-ges to be displayed or transferred via CANcom / GPS with position infor-mation of the machine, if needed?Can functions be grouped? In particular for the implemention of relay-controlled systems using CAN modules and operating functions in dialo-gue modules often reduces the number of the required inputs andoutputs.
Step 2: Selection of the componentsIn most cases selection of the system components is based on the neededdata. So the number of the inputs and outputs and their function must beconsidered. The controllers and I/O modules of the ecomatmobile systemare configurable in many ways. Almost all requirements for the systemdesign can therefore be implemented.If components are mounted in the exposed part of the machine, the devicesshould have the protection rating IP 67.The CompactModules are an excellent choice for applications that are toextend the machine functions at a later point in time. Even if machines witha variety of options are made, compact modules are the first choice. Flexibil-ity of the SmartModules is fully utilised if they are connected using a pre-wired cable harness.The controllers and modules of the Cabinet series are intended for use in thecab or control cabinets.For machines with open control panels, using a monochrome PDM360 withtransflective display is recommended, as even frontal sun radiation does notinfluence readability.
Irrespective of the applicationecomatmobilealways offers a solution.
Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Smallapplication
Complexmachines •
Safetyrequire-ments
•
Machineswith cabin
Enginediagnosis •
Machineswith opencontrol panel
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
16 bit Conrollers
ClassicExtended
Smart Cabinet
•
•
•
32 bit Conroller
Classic Compact Smart Cabinet Keypad PDM360 PDM360compact
PDM360smart
I/O modules Dialogue modules
20
Step 3: Programming and network configurationThe R 360 controllers are programmed with the software CoDeSys. All therequired functions for parameter setting of the CANopen modules, trig-gering of the dialogue modules and for the complex control functions areavailable.It makes sense to implement the machine functions with individual softwaremodules, so-called function blocks, and to test them individually. The soft-ware can then be organised more clearly. Function blocks have one moreadvantage. Implemented functions can be grouped in libraries and used inanother project later on.Extensive software tools support the programmer to implement the applica-tion. The “downloader” program enables loading of the controller softwareindependently of the programming system. This function is mainly used inproduction because downloading can be automated via an easy batch pro-cessing.In combination with the CAN interface CANview, the bus monitoring soft-ware CANmon enables exact monitoring of the communication data on thebus. Depending on the monitoring profile selected the data are commented andfiltered. Incorrect settings can be determined quickly and reliably.
programmingprojection
documentationevaluation
CANmem CANcomGSM
SD-Card
visualisationevaluation
internet
From projectionup to visualisationecolog softwarein practice.
CAN bus monitoring with
CANmon.
General introductionGeneral information Notes and explanations
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
21
Notes and explanations
Order numbersin alphanumeric order
Control systems 24 - 25
List of articles
23
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Orderno.
Approvals Cataloguepage
CP9006 49 85
CP9008 49 85
CR0020 37
CR0032 39
CR0200 41
CR0301 47
CR0302 47
CR0303 47
CR0505 37
CR1050 81
CR1051 81
CR1052 79
CR1053 79
CR1055 79
CR1056 79
CR1060 81
CR1070 77
CR1071 77
CR1500 67
CR2012 65
CR2014 65
CR2016 65
CR2031 61
CR2032 61
CR2033 61
CR2101 111
CR2102 111
CR2500 43
CR2512 63
CR2513 63
CR3001 127
CR3002 127
CR3003 127
CR3004 127
CR3101 97
CR3105 95
CR3106 95
CR7020 45
CR7200 45
CR7505 45
E10735 151
E10736 151
E10737 151
E11048 151
E11049 151
E11187 135
E11277 135
E11416 134
E11417 134
E11418 134
Orderno.
Approvals Cataloguepage
E11419 134
E11420 134
E11504 132
E11505 132
E11506 132
E11511 130
E11589 130
E11590 132
E11591 135
E11592 135
E11593 135
E11594 135
E11595 135
E11596 130
E11597 130
E11598 132
E11599 132
E11622 135
E11898 141
E11949 135
E21137 136
E21138 136
E21139 136
E73004 146
E80021 131
E80022 131
EC1021 150
EC1410 147
EC1411 147
EC1412 147
EC1413 147
EC1450 148
EC1451 148
EC1452 146
EC1453 146
EC1520 142
EC1521 142
EC1522 143
EC1523 143
EC2013 141
EC2015 152
EC2016 152
EC2019 113
EC2025 127
EC2032 144
EC2034 144
EC2036 150
EC2045 113
EC2046 141
EC2049 127
Orderno.
Approvals Cataloguepage
EC2050 143
EC2053 142
EC2056 143
EC2058 145
EC2059 150
EC2060 113
EC2061 113
EC2062 143
EC2063 144
EC2068 140
EC2070 99
EC2071 99
EC2074 51
EC2075 142
EC2076 145
EC2077 140
EC2080 140
EC2081 140
EC2082 113
EC2083 146
EC2084 141
EC2086 141
EC2088 144
EC2089 142
EC2090 142
EC2091 145
EC2092 150
EC2093 150
EVC001 130
EVC002 130
EVC003 130
EVC004 130
EVC005 130
EVC006 130
EVC010 134
EVC011 134
EVC012 134
EVC013 134
EVC014 134
EVC015 134
EVC016 134
EVC017 134
EVC018 134
EVC019 134
EVC030 134
EVC031 134
EVC032 134
EVC033 134
EVC034 134
EVC055 135
List of articles Order numbersin alphanumeric order
Control systems
24
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Orderno.
Approvals Cataloguepage
EVC056 135
EVC057 135
EVC058 135
EVC059 135
EVC060 135
EVC061 135
EVC062 135
EVC063 136
EVC064 136
EVC065 136
EVC066 136
EVC067 136
EVC068 136
EVC069 136
EVC070 131
EVC071 131
EVC072 131
EVC073 131
EVC074 131
EVC075 131
EVC076 132
EVC077 132
EVC078 132
EVC079 132
EVC080 132
EVC081 132
EVC094 133
EVC095 132
EVT010 130
EVT011 130
EVT012 130
EVT013 130
EVT014 130
EVT015 130
EVT043 135
IFM203 117
IFM204 117
IFM205 115
IFM206 115
IFM207 117
IFM208 117
IFM209 115
IFM210 115
IGM200 117
IGM201 117
IGM202 117
IGM203 117
IGM204 115
IGM205 115
IGM206 115
Orderno.
Approvals Cataloguepage
IGM207 115
IIM200 117
IIM201 117
IIM202 117
IIM203 117
IIM208 115
IIM209 115
IIM210 115
IIM211 115
IN5281 117
IN5282 117
O2M110 83
PA3020 119
PA3021 119
PA3022 119
PA3023 119
PA3024 119
PA3026 119
PA3060 119
PA9020 119
PA9021 119
PA9022 119
PA9023 119
PA9024 119
PA9026 119
PA9060 119
PP2001 151
PP7550 119
PP7551 119
PP7552 119
PP7553 119
PP7554 119
PP7556 119
Order numbersin alphanumeric order
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
25
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Mobile controllers
27
Controllers and software
ClassicController 16 bitClassicController 32 bitExtendedController 16 bitSmartController 16 bitSafetyController 16 bitCabinetController 16 bitCoDeSys software and toolsStarter set
36 - 3738 - 3940 - 4142 - 4344 - 4546 - 4748 - 4950 - 51
System descriptionSelection chart
28 - 3334 - 35
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
System descriptionMobile controllers Controllers and software
28
IntroductionIn the meantime the 3rd generation of the ecomatmobile controller is avail-able. Due to the new and extended functions it is a universal and user-friendly control system used in a wide range of applications worldwide.The powerful 16-bit microcontroller enables a very short cycle time of theapplication program. The large program memory allows the processing ofcomplex application programs. A second integrated 8-bit microcontrollermonitors the important system functions such as cycle time or hardwaretimer.All common data types like BIT, WORD, STRING, REAL (floating decimalpoint) and extensive function libraries are available to the user for program-ming. They are used to solve among others mathematical tasks (e.g. arith-metic, trigonometric and standardisation functions) and implement controlfunctions (e.g. PID controller, synchro controller). Libraries for CAN andCANopen communication, exchange of data with dialogue modules and dif-ferent gateway functions (e.g. SAE J 1939) offer the programmer a conven-ient software interface to the other network components.In addition to digital inputs and outputs the controller also has analogueports. Inputs for fast signals up to 50 kHz can additionally be used. Eachdevice has 8 or 16 PWM outputs, some of which are current-controlled. Theinputs and outputs are protected against interference and overload. The ports support diagnostic functions for signal monitoring. All deviceshave a wide-range power supply for operation in 12/24V on-board supplysystems. Integrated safety functions monitor the program run and reliablyswitch off the outputs, if necessary (SafetyController).
The 3rd gene-ration of the controller family: R360.
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Controllers and software
29
Important technical data for the R360 controllerMechanical resistance to exteme shocksHigh protection rating (IP 67) for outdoor usePowerful microcontrollers (C167CS or TriCore 1796) for short cycle timesIncreased functional reliability by means of permanent check sum test of the program and system 8-bit parallel processor to monitor the main processor Load-dump resistanceDiagnostic functions for inputs and outputsCurrent-controlled PWM channelsCurrent, voltage and ratiometric measurement throughparameter setting of analogue channels 0...30 kHz frequency inputs with the option to connectincremental encodersMonitoring and measurement of the supply voltageand device temperature2 or 4 CAN interfaces with CANopen protocol and free protocol(layer 2) for program download and communicationSerial RS-232 interface for program download and communicationUse as safety-related controller according to IEC 61508 / EN 13849Free programming to IEC 61131-3 with the standardised languagesfunction block diagram (FBD), ladder diagram (LD), instruction list (IL),sequential function chart (SFC) and structured text (ST)
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
30
SmartControllerThe SmartController performs different control functions. Programmable toIEC 61131-3 like all controllers of the ecomat moble system, it can be adapt-ed to different requirements. Whether it serves as an intelligent slave in adistributed system, as gateway between different CAN systems (SAE J 1939 /CANopen) or as controller for small stand-alone machines, the SmartCon-troller performs all tasks. In this device it is also possible to set the parame-ters of the input and output function via the user program.
SafetyControllerThe ClassicController for safety-related appliations up to the safety category 3(EN 954-1) is called SafetyController. In this device special test routines forhardware and software monitoring are implemented. Nevertheless, the con-trollers are easily and conveniently programmable via CoDeSys. Due to thecertification of the hardware, operating system software and programmingtools it is easy for the project engineer to get the approval for the machine.Full concentration can be given to the application program.
High flexibility for a wide range
of applications:The Classic-Controller.
ClassicControllerThe ClassicController is the basic device of the R360 controller family. Thefirst generation was a universal platform for a wide range of applicationswith its numerous configurable inputs and outputs. The latest generation of this controller is available in two types, they enableimplementation of many device variants due to their flexible configuration.The great advantage: storage at the OEM and for service on site is consider-ably reduced. The ClassicController is available as 16-bit variant with 24 or 40 inputs andoutputs and as 32-bit variant with 32 multifunctional inputs and outputs.The function is defined in the user program.
ExtendedControllerLike the ClassicController, the ExtendedController supports the various func-tions of the configurable inputs / outputs and interfaces. In one housing itprovides up to 80 inputs / outputs, connection is made via two 55-way con-nectors.Depending on the selected mode the ExtendedController can be used withsimple or dual CPU function. As default, 80 inputs / outputs are available. Allfunctions are managed by the central CPU and programmed via a user pro-gram to IEC 61131-3.In the “dual CPU” mode the user can access two separately programmablecontrollers with 40 inputs / outputs each. But the internal synchronised datainterface still enables easy exchange between separately running processors.
signalgenerator
machine
feedback signals
decoupling
controlelectronics
controlelectronics
Basic device struc-ture in controllersup to the safetycategory 3.
System descriptionMobile controllers Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
31
CabinetControllerThe CabinetController is suitable for signal processing, in particular in oper-ating panels. To connect the switches, sensors and actuators the importantpotentials are available at the device connectors. No further terminals areneeded. The flat design enables integration in dashboards and operatingpanels. The CabinetController is also used in control cabinets of small stand-alone machines. Free programming via CoDeSys enables evaluation and pro-cessing of the signals directly where they are provided.
ConfigurabilityAnalogue inputsThe analogue inputs can be configured via the user program. They can beused as 0/4...20 mA current inputs and as voltage inputs. In the functionvoltage input the measuring range 0...10 V or 0...32 V can be selected. If theoperating mode 0...32 V is selected it is possible to read back the systemsupply voltage. This allows the measurement to be performed ratiometri-cally. Potentiometers or joysticks can then be evaluated without additionalreference voltage. Supply voltage fluctuations have no influence on themeasured value. As an alternative, an analogue channel can also be evalu-ated as a digital input.
For installation indashboards andoperating panels:The CabinetCon-troller.
EMCfilter
analogue input
curr
ent m
easu
rem
ent
volta
ge m
easu
rem
ent
0… 1
0/3
2 V
voltage
referencevoltage
UB
Block diagram of the analogueinputs.
Controllers and software
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
32
Digital inputsDepending on the controller, digital inputs are available with different confi-guration options. In addition to the protective mechanisms against interfer-ence the digital inputs are internally evaluated via an analogue converter.This enables diagnosis of the input signals. In the application software theinput signal is provided as bit information. For some of the digital inputs thereference potential is selectable. The input can then be adapted to positiveor negative signals.
Inputs with special input filters enable a frequency and period measurementup to 50 kHz. Due to a software function block for CoDeSys encoders can beeasily and conveniently evaluated.
EMCfilter
digital input
voltage
Block diagramhigh-side / low-side input for negative and positive sensor signals
Low-side input for positive sensorsignals.
GND
Sensor
UB
High-side inputfor negative
sensor signals.
GND
Sensor
UB
System descriptionMobile controllers Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
33
Digital and PWM outputsFor the controller outputs three types can be differentiated:
High-side digital outputs with or without diagnostic functionHigh-side digital outputs with or without diagnostic functionand additional PWM modePWM outputs with or without current control function
Current-controlled PWM outputs are mainly used to trigger proportionalhydraulic functions.The Classic and ExtendedControllers also enable selection of high and low-side outputs. This allows the implementation of H bridges, e.g. to triggerdirectional electric motors, in these devices.
Low-side output for negative signal.
GND
Last/ load
UB
High-side output for
positive signal.
GND
Last/ load
UB
Further important functions:Gateway functionsAll controllers have at least one CAN interface which is used to transfer data,e.g. to the decentralised input / output modules or to a dialogue modulethrough the CANopen protocol. The CANopen protocol enables fast and fle-xible connection to the bus.Controllers with more than one CAN interface can be used as gateway. Twodifferent CAN networks can be easily connected to each other. They enabledirect processing of for example control and diagnostic data of diesel en-gines with SAE J 1939 protocol. As an alternative the second CAN interfacecan also be used for freely definable CAN messages (CAN layer 2). For theSmartController CR2501 the second interface is designed as “truck-trailerinterface” to ISO 11992.Programmable to IEC 61131-3Programming via CoDeSys with the programming languages from the stan-dard IEC 61131-3 enables the user to create clear and easy application soft-ware. Function libraries are available for the special hardware functions (e.g.gateway SAE J 1939 / CANopen).
Here triggering of the propor-
tional hydraulicfunctions is per-formed by cur-rent-controlledPWM outputs.
Controllers and software
RS-232
Total numbers of
inputs / outputs
TÜV approvalIEC 61508EN 13849
Interfaces
CAN CANgatewayfunction
Type PageArea of appl.
Field Controlcabinet
Selection chartMobile controllers Controllers and software
34
80 4 2 • • – –
ClassicController 16 bit
ExtendedController 16 bit
40 2 1 • • –
24 2 1 • • – –
–
ClassicController 32 bit
32 4 1 • • – –
Mobile controllers R360
SmartController 16 Bit
SafetyController 16 Bit
SafetyController 16 Bit
12 2 1 • • – –
CabinetController, 42 I/O
CabinetController, 36 I/O
40 2 1 • • – •
24 2 1 • • – •
42 1 1 – – • –
80 4 2 • • – •
1 1 – – • –36
CabinetController, 42 I/O
2 1 • – • –42
40
44
44
46
36
36
38
44
42
46
46
Controllers and software
35
RS-232
Total numbers of
inputs / outputs
TÜV approvalIEC 61508EN 13849
Interfaces
CAN CANgatewayfunction
Type PageArea of appl.
Field Controlcabinet
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Starter set
–Down-load via
CAN
Down-load viaRS-232
– – – –
CoDeSys + tools
System software for mobile controllers
Starter set
12 2 1 • – – –
48
50
ClassicController 16 bit
Robust controller for mobile use
The ClassicController has been specially developed foruse in vehicles and mobile machines. Many years ofexperience with the development and construction ofmobile controllers have been applied to the new devicegeneration.The user can select the requested function of the inputsand outputs through parameter setting. Thus the samecontroller module can be used for different require-ments. This reduces storage. In addition to the flexibleI/O level each controller module is equipped with twoCAN interfaces. A freely programmable CAN gatewaycan be implemented for coupling different networks. Itsupports all important bus protocols. This enables aneasy exchange of SAE J 1939 engine and CANopendata. Different transmission rates and the transparent orpreprocessing exchange of data between the networksare supported. The user can easily integrate all functionsin the application program via programming to IEC61131-3.
Inputs for analogue, digital,diagnostic and pulse signals.
Digital, PWM or current-controlledoutputs, H-bridge function.
Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.
2 gateway interfaces, protocols forCANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013
Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046
Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086
Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
ClassicController
36
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
Application example
ClassicController 16 BitAnalogue, digital, diagnostic and pulse inputsDigital, PWM or current-controlled outputs, H-bridge function
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsdigital /
analogue
Inputs dig. /frequency
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled
Out-puts
digital
OutputsdigitalPWM
FunctionH-bridge
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
40 8 8 8 16 8 12 4 2 1 1 CR0020
24 8 8 – 8 8 – – – 2 1 CR0505
Common technical data
Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 2 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS-232Program memory: 768 kB flashData memory: 128 kB SRAM, 128 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 17 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
37
Block diagram
VBBS
16-bitμController
digital OUT
clock
5 V
watchdog
analogue IN
digital IN
TEST
RS 232
RAM2x128 kbytes
FRAM32 kbytes
addressdecoder
reset
VBBO
VBBR
3.3 V
55-p
ole
conn
ectio
n
CAN 1
CAN 2Flash
2048 kbytes
ClassicController 32 bit
Robust controller for mobile use
The ClassicController has been specially developed foruse in vehicles and mobile machines. Many years ofexperience with the development and construction ofmobile controllers have been applied to the new devicegeneration.The user can select the requested function of the inputsand outputs through parameter setting. Thus the samecontroller module can be used for different require-ments. This reduces storage. In addition to the flexibleI/O level each controller module is equipped with fourCAN interfaces. A freely programmable CAN gatewaycan be implemented for coupling different networks. Itsupports all important bus protocols. This enables aneasy exchange of SAE J 1939 engine and CANopendata. Different transmission rates and the transparent orpreprocessing exchange of data between the networksare supported. The user can easily integrate all functionsin the application program via programming to IEC61131-3.
Inputs for analogue, digital,diagnostic and pulse signals.
Digital, PWM or current-controlledoutputs, H-bridge function.
Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.
4 gateway interfaces, protocols forCANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013
Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046
Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086
Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
ClassicController
38
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
Application example
ClassicController 32 BitAnalogue, digital, diagnostic and pulse inputsDigital, PWM or current-controlled outputs, H-bridge function
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsdigital /
analogue
Inputs dig. /frequency
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled
Out-puts
digital
OutputsdigitalPWM
FunctionH-bridge
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
32 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 2 3 1 CR0032
Common technical data
Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 4 x CAN, 1 x RS-232, 1 x USBProgram memory: 1.25 MB flashData memory: 256 kB SRAMData memory (non volatile): 56 kB FRAMCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
39
Block diagram
input group 16 channels
inputterminal
EMCprotection
signalprocessing
digital and PWM outputcurrent measurement and diagnosis
outputterminal
relay
virt
. CO
M p
ort
(US
B h
ardw
are)
RS
-232
inte
rfac
e
CA
N in
terf
ace
CA
N in
terf
ace
CA
N in
terf
ace
CA
N in
terf
ace
spec
ial f
unct
ions
test
inpu
t, LE
D
copr
oces
sor
volta
ge m
onito
ring
wat
chdo
g
relay
supplyterminals
EMCprotection
voltagesupply
10...
32 V 5.0 V
1.5 V
switching between sectionsand operating modes
Impedance transformationcomparator
main processor 32-bit CPU Infineon TriCore 1796
S-RAM FRAM
current measurement,PWM, diagnosisADC, counter, ...
refe
renc
evo
ltage
out
put
output group 16 channels
3.3 V
ExtendedController 16 bit
Twin-packed mobile controller
If many inputs and outputs are required in mobilemachines and installations, the ExtendedController isused. Like the ClassicController, it supports the nume-rous functions of the configurable inputs / outputs andinterfaces.Depending on the selected operating system the Exten-dedController can be used with single or dual CPU func-tion. As default, 80 inputs and outputs are available.Furthermore, this operating mode supports two CANinterfaces for the freely programmable CAN gatewayfunctions. All these functions are managed by the cen-tral CPU and programmed via a user program to IEC61131-3.In the “dual CPU” mode the user can access two sepa-rately programmable controllers with 40 inputs / out-puts each. But the internal synchronised data interfacestill enables easy exchange between the separately run-ning application processes. The ExtendedControlleradditionally supports up to four CAN interfaces in thisoperating mode.
Inputs for analogue, digital, diagnosticand pulse signals.
Digital, PWM or current-controlledoutputs, H-bridge function.
Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.
2 gateway interfaces, protocols forCANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992.
Extended ClassicController with80 input / output channels.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013
Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046
Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086
Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
ExtendedController
40
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
Application example
ExtendedController 16 bitCompact design with 80 inputs / outputs
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsdigital /
analogue
Inputs dig. /frequency
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled
Out-puts
digital
OutputsdigitalPWM
FunctionH-bridge
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
80 16 16 16 32 16 24 8 4 1 2 CR0200
Common technical data
Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 4 x CAN 2.0, 2 x RS-232Program memory: 768 kB flashData memory: 128 kB SRAM, 128 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 17 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
41
Block diagram (present twice in the device)
VBBS
16-bitμController
digital OUT
clock
5 V
watchdog
analogue IN
digital IN
TEST
RS 232
RAM2x128 kbytes
FRAM32 kbytes
addressdecoder
reset
VBBO
VBBR
3.3 V
55-p
ole
conn
ectio
n
CAN 1
CAN 2Flash
2048 kbytes
SmartController 16 bit
Universal controller
In small machines or applications where preprocessingof signals and data is required compact and very power-ful controller modules are used. The SmartControllerR360 has the required features. Depending on the con-figuration it can fulfil the different requirements.It can therefore be used as a compact controller. Theintegrated CANopen interface enables a flexible andpowerful extension of the system with further intelligentand standard I/O modules.If the two CAN interfaces are used, a freely programm-able CAN gateway for coupling different networks isavailable which supports all important bus protocols.This enables an easy exchange of SAE J 1939 engine andCANopen data. Different transmission rates and thetransparent or preprocessing exchange of data betweennetworks are supported.
Usable as intelligent I/O moduleor CANopen master.
Gateway functions, CANopen, SAE J 1939.
Configurable I/O functions.
Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013
Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046
Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086
Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
SmartController
42
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
Application example
SmartController 16 bitGateway functions for CANopen, SAE J 1939, ISO 11992 and ISO 11783
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsanalogue
(V / I)
Inputs dig. /frequency
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
(pos. / neg.)
Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled
Gatewayfunction2nd CAN
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
8 4 2 2 4 SAE J 1939 4 3 CR2500
Common technical data
Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 AInterfaces: 2 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS-232Program memory: 192 kB flashData memory: 64 kB SRAM, 32 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 3 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
43
Block diagram
16 BitμController EEPROM
digital OUT
+UBclock
5 V
resetwatchdog
55-p
ole
conn
ectio
n
+UB
analogue IN
digital IN
TEST
RS 232
CAN 1
CAN 2
RAM2x128 kbytes
flash1 Mbyte
external CANcontroller
addressdecoder
R360 SafetyController 16 bit
Safety-related controller
For control tasks with increased safety requirements theSafetyController R360 is available. Due to its integratedhardware and software function applications to IEC 61508 / EN 13849 can be controlled and monitored. Permanent checks of the CPU, memory and other hard-ware by the operating system and extended diagnosticfunctions of the outputs enable a continuous monito-ring of the control process. All important system infor-mation for the application program can be found in theeasy and clear programming system CoDeSys to IEC61131-3. Software tools enable safe and reliable loa-ding of the approved software for the machine produc-tion as well.Via the CAN interface and CANopen protocol the Safe-tyController can be connected to further non safety-related controllers or input / output modules of theR360 device family.
Safety controller to IEC 61508 / EN 13849 safety category 3.
Extended monitoring and testroutines for hardware and software.
Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.
CAN interface with CANopenand CANopen safety protocol.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013
Connector wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046
Connector wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086
Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, German CP9006
Programming software CoDeSys+ tools, English CP9008
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
SafetyController
44
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
Application example
R360 SafetyControllerAnalogue, digital, diagnostic and pulse inputsDigital, PWM or current-controlled outputs, H-bridge function (to IEC 61508 / EN 13849)
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsdigital /
analogue
Inputs dig. /frequency
(pos.)
Inputsdigital
(pos. / neg.)
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled
Out-puts
digital
OutputsdigitalPWM
FunctionH-bridge
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
40 8 8 8 4 8 12 4 2 5 1 CR7020
24 8 8 – 4 8 – – – 6 1 CR7505
80 16 16 16 8 16 24 8 4 5 2 CR7200
Common technical data
Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole AMP connectorTemperature range: -40...75 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitching current outputs: 4 A / 2 AInterfaces: 2 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS-232Program memory: 768 kB flashData memory: 128 kB SRAM, 128 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 17 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
45
Block diagram
VBBS
16-bitμController
digital OUT
clock
5 V
watchdog
analogue IN
digital IN
TEST
RS 232
RAM2x128 kbytes
FRAM32 kbytes
addressdecoder
reset
VBBO
VBBR
3.3 V
55-p
ole
conn
ectio
n
CAN 1
CAN 2Flash
2048 kbytes
CabinetController 16 bit
Space-saving control cabinet solution
For large mobile machines cabins for operators are oftenused. In the environment around the driver's workplacemany signals, e.g. from switches, joysticks and signalindicators are generated. To ensure a low-cost connec-tion of these signals to the process controller, they arecollected at a central point, preprocessed and transfer-red via CANopen.The CabinetController has been developed for thisapplication. Its flat design enables integration in dash-boards and operating panels. To connect the switches,sensors and actuators all important potentials arebrought out to the connectors. But the CabinetControl-ler is also used in small compact machines. Here thecontroller is often directly installed in a control cabinet.Therefore a high protection rating and robust housingare not required. All other important data of a mobilecontroller comply with those of the other controllersfrom the ecomat mobile family.
Inputs for analogue, digital,diagnostic and pulse signals.
Digital outputs designed as solid-state outputs or potential-free relays.
Usable as a controller for cockpitor operating panels.
Freely programmableto IEC 61131-3.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Plug set for CR0301, CR0302 EC2075
Plug set for CR0303 EC2090
RS-232 programming adapterfor CR0301, CR0302 EC2076
Cable with connectorAMP 6-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1520
Cable with connectorAMP 10-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1521
Cable with connectorAMP 14-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1522
Cable with connectorAMP 18-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1523
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
CabinetController
46
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
Application example
R360 CabinetControllerIntegration in dashboards and operating panels
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputs digital /analogue
(V / I)
Inputsdigital /
frequency
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital /
PWM
Outputsrelay
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
42 8 / 8 4 / 4 8 / – 4 / 4 10 / – 7 4 CR0301
36 8 / 8 4 / 4 8 / – 4 / 8 – / – 8 5 CR0302
42 8 / 8 4 / 4 12 / 4 12 / 8 – / 6 9 6 CR0303
Common technical data
CR0301, CR0302Housing: open with pottingConnectors.: 18-, 10-, 6-pole AMPTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 20; Ub: 10...32 V DCSwitch. curr. output: PNP 2 A, relays 2/10 AInterfaces: 1 x CAN 2.0, 1 x RS232Program memory: 192 kB flashData memory: 64 kB SRAM, 32 kB flashData memory (non volatile): 3 kBCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
47
Block diagram CR0301, CR0302
16-bitμController EEPROM
digital OUT
+UB
clock
5 V
resetwatchdog
analogue IN
digital IN
TEST
RS 232
CAN
RAM2x128 kbytes
Flash512 kbytes
addressdecoder
+UB
+UB1 Amp
except forCR 0302
Cable for CabinetController
EC15206 poles
CR0301 –1
–CR0302
CR0303 –
1
2 2
2
2 3
2
3
EC152110 poles
EC152214 poles
EC152318 poles
CoDeSys + tools
Powerful programming software
The importance of the software keeps increasing inmobile control technology as well. Therefore it is neces-sary for the user to have compatible and easy-to-useprograms for software creation, parameter setting andremote maintenance.The programming tool CoDeSys to IEC 61131-3 provi-des the programmer with different program languages(FBD, LD, SFC, IL and ST) for fast project implementationand management. A powerful visualisation module forthe graphic representation of the machine and installa-tion functions completes the package. Via the integra-ted target visualisation the drawn graphic elements canbe directly loaded to the graphic display PDM360.In addition to the programming tool, the software CAN-com Basisstation provides a powerful PC tool for remotemonitoring and maintenance. It is also possible toexchange the application software in the networkedcontrollers via this interface.
Usable on common Windows PCs.
Easy networking of the devices withthe PC by means of the CAN bus.
Standardised software interface withDDE or OLE technology.
Powerful interfaces, e.g. for GPSdata or FTP transfer.
User-friendly and easy to use.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
CAN-PC interface CANview RS-232 EC2070
CAN-PC interface CANview USB EC2071
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
CoDeSys software and tools
48
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
CD structure
CoDeSys programming and diagnostic softwareSoftware tools for the ecomatmobile system
VersionCoDeSys
Language Use forR 360
Use forPDM 360
Programminginterface
Data carrier Orderno.
2.3 German yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9006
2.3 English yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9008
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
49
Screenshot
R360 starter set
Complete set for learning and testing.
If you have no experience with programming via CoDe-Sys, the R360 starter set gives you an easy and conve-nient introduction to the R360 controller hardware andto the different CoDeSys programming languages. Thepackage contains all the required hardware components– from the controller, power supply to the completecable harness with integrated simulator for input andoutput signals. The required programming software,documentation and other tools are contained on theenclosed CD. The printed brief instructions allow easyand successful introduction to the first project with theR360 starter set.But the starter set also offers many advantages for theexperienced programmer. Program parts can be develo-ped, tested and optimised without much input irrespec-tive of the overall application. The CAN interfacesbrought out from the cable harness enable developmentand optimisation of network programs.
Easy system introduction.
Wired hardware components.
Integrated simulator for analogueand digital signals.
Two CAN interfaces to test allCAN / gateway functions.
Programming system, examplesand documentation on CD-ROM.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Spring terminal box EC2032
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Mobile controllers Controllers and software
Starter set
50
Controllersandsoftware
Page
Mobile controllersClassic-
Controller
36 - 39
Extended-Controller
40 - 41
Smart-Controller
42 - 43
Safety-Controller
44 - 45
Cabinet-Controller
46 - 47
CoDeSyssoftwareand tools
48 - 49
Starter set
50 - 51
Starter set EC2074
R360 starter set with SmartControllerEasy start with the ecomatmobile system
R360 device VersionCoDeSys
Language Programminginterface
Datacarrier
Wiringdiagram
no.
Orderno.
CR2500 2.3 German / English RS-232, CAN CD-ROM 18 EC2074
Common technical data
The set consists of:SmartController (CR2500),programming software CoDeSys,tools and documentation,plug-in power supply with adapter (EU / UK),complete cable harness,simulator for input / output signals,manual with examples,short instructions
You can find scale drawings from page 180
Controllers and software
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
51
Schematic diagram
ecomat 100 System R 360
%IX0.0
%QX0.0
%IX0.8 %IX1.0 %IX1.8
%QX0.8 %QX1.0 %QX1.8
%IW6
RS 232D-SUB (9 poles)
24V DCconnector (2 poles)
CAN bus 1socket (5 poles)
I /O simulator box
CAN bus 2socket (5 poles)
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
I/O modules
53
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
CompactModules metalSmartModulesCabinetModulesKeypadModule
60 - 6162 - 6364 - 6566 - 67
System descriptionSelection chart
54 - 5758
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
System description
54
I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
IntroductionDecentralised I /O modules connect binary and analogue sensors and actua-tors to the controller via the CAN bus. The great advantage over conven-tional direct wiring: The CAN modules are mounted where the signals aregenerated. Compared to conventional wiring the number of the cables isconsiderably reduced. Furthermore, I /O modules also provide functions forsignal preprocessing.In the control cabinet, the cabin or directly in the field: The various types andconnection technologies provide solutions for almost all applications. The common function of all I /O modules of the ecomatmobile series: Theyare networked with the other system components by means of the CAN busvia the CANopen protocol.
CANopen in I /O modulesTo obtain a uniform protocol for networking the different CAN participantsCANopen was defined in 1996. First the structure of the communicationprofile was laid down. It defines among others the network configuration,the transmission of process data and the synchronous exchange of data be-tween network participants.To standardise the device and application-specific parameters of the prod-ucts on the market, further definitions were made in the device profiles.For digital and analogue input / output modules the profile DSP 401 is used.The device parameters are set via the object directory using “service dataobjects” (SDOs). Additionally, time-critical process data, i.e. the “processdata objects” (PDOs), of the sensors and actuators can be exchanged via theobject directory.CAN objects also monitor the participants and the network. The “nodeguar-ding object” or the “heart beat” monitors if a participant responds within adefined time. “Emergency objects” are transmitted for the display of hard-ware and software errors.
The input / output functionality of the module is listed by means of applica-tion objects which are described in the object directory of the device. Strictlyspeaking, this also includes objects that are only used in the device. Thefunctionality of the CANopen network is described by means of the commu-nication objects. They are also entered in the object directory. In short: Theobject directory is the central point for the communication of CANopendevices.
deviceapplicationprogram
CANopenDS301+DSP401
programs
CANopenobject directory
outputs
inputs
communicationobjects
applicationobjects
SDOPDONMT
emergency Sync
Model of a CAN-open I/O module.
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
55
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
CompactModules metal – the flexible devices with M12 connection technologyThe CompactModules can be connected using either a 5-wire cable for supply voltage and CAN bus, or using a wired connection cable. To do so,the terminal chamber or the universal M12 connectors on the device areavailable.
The metal CompactModules provide a high flexibility for the configurationof the inputs and outputs. So the user can select between the functions ana-logue and digital input. The analogue channels can be used as 0...20 mAcurrent inputs and as voltage inputs.In the function voltage input the measuring range 0...10 V or 0...32 V can beselected. If in the operating mode 0...32 V the supply voltage is read back,the measurement is performed ratiometrically. This means without addition-al reference voltage potentiometers or joysticks can be evaluated. Fluctua-tion of the supply voltage has no effect on this measured value. The inputsare configured from the user program via the object directory. The outputscan be used as digital and PWM outputs. The module CR2031 also providescurrent control for the direct control of hydraulic valves. The controller trans-fers the preset current value to the modules via a PDO. They monitor the preset value and regulate it if necessary. The CAN network is relieved of thistask.Unused sockets for sensors and actuators can be sealed with blanking plugs.ifm electronic’s wide selection of connection cables offers the right prewiredcable for every application. Straight or angled connection – all cables havethe high protection rating IP 67 and are easy to use.For the CompactModule in metal design connection to CAN is also madeusing wired cables. The CAN drop cables fulfil the specifications of buswiring and provide the easy and safe handling of “conventional” M12cables.
CompactModulescan be adapted to the applicationthrough parame-ter setting.
Compact module CR2031
in a harsh environment.
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
56
The Smart-Modules are
incorporated inthe same robust
metal housing as the mobile
controllers.
SmartModules – devices with central plug for the cable harnessThe functions of the devices from the SmartModule family can be comparedto the devices from the CompactModule series. The difference however isthe mechanical design. By means of a central plug they can be directly inte-grated into the cable harnesses of mobile machines and vehicles. These modules also offer high flexibility for the input and output configura-tion. The user can define the inputs to be analogue or digital. For theCR2513 the function of the analogue inputs can be additionally definedthrough parameter setting. Configuration is done from the user program viathe object directory. The analogue channels can be used as 0 /4...20 mA current inputs and as voltage inputs. In the function voltage input the meas-uring range 0...10 V or 0...32 V can be selected. If the operating mode0...32 V is selected it is possible to read back the system supply voltage. Thisallows the measurement to be performed ratiometrically. Potentiometers orjoysticks can then be evaluated without additional reference voltage. Supplyvoltage fluctuations have no influence on the measured value. The outputscan be used as digital and PWM outputs. The modules CR2511 and CR2512also provide a current control for the direct triggering of hydraulic valves.The preset current value is transferred to the modules by the controller via aPDO. They monitor the preset value and regulate it if necessary. The CANnetwork is relieved of this task.For sensors and actuators all required connection pins are provided on thecentral plug: supply voltage, ground connection or signal inputs or outputs.If no cable harness is used, the prewired 55-pole connection cables can beused. For higher requirements a sealed version is available.
Standard connection cable.
Sealed connection cable.
System descriptionI/O modules I/O modules
with CANopen interface
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
57
CabinetModules – flexibility for operating panels and cockpitCabinetModules are especially suited for processing signals in operatingpanels and in the cockpit. The flat design enables easy integration in dash-boards and operating panels. These devices are also used in smaller ma-chines with decentralised control cabinets. To connect the switches, sensors and actuators the important potentials aremade available to the device connectors. This eliminates the need of furtherterminals. The parameter setting of the inputs and outputs provides the rightfunction for every application. Configuration is done from the user programvia the object directory. For four input channels the user can select the func-tion analogue or digital input. For these devices the ratiometric measure-ment is also supported. This means that for example analogue joysticks canbe directly evaluated just by reading back the supply voltage without addi-tional reference voltage. Supply voltage fluctuations then have no influenceon the measured value.CabinetModules are an easy option to give analogue joysticks CANbus capability.
KeypadModule – the I /O module for the operatorIn operating panels a large number of keys and signal indicators are oftenneeded. Conventional keys and indicators require much installation spaceand complex mounting.The KeypadModule has a great advantage, in particular with respect tothese two points. Irrespective of whether the device is surface or panelmounted – with few mounting steps and easy wiring on the CAN bus it isquickly ready for use.
Each of the 12 function and 4 arrow keys enables the following operatingmodes:In the mode “pulse operation” each key is active as long as it is pressed. Ifneeded, a timer on delay is also possible.In addition, the keys also support the operating mode “latching”. Theyremain active until they are pressed again.Via the IEC function “CR1500” of the CoDeSys programming software thekey status is transferred to the application.The status LEDs can be triggered individually. Depending on the operatingstate they are off, permanently on or flash at 2 freely selectable frequencies.The LED rows are another display option. The individual segments can betriggered in red or green. Additionally, the operating mode “segment row”with or without colour change is possible.
Space-saving I /O modules formounting in thecockpit and ope-
rating panels.
Many functions of the Keypad-Module can be freely definedthrough para-meter setting.
LED row 1 and arrow keys
top left / right
LED row 2 and arrow keys
bottom left / right
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
Selection chart
58
I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
CompactModules metal 8 – – – 8 –
12 4 4 – – 4 –
–
cable / connector
cable / connector
16 4 4 – – 8 – cable / connector
SmartModules 12 – 4 – 8 –
12 4 4 – – 4 –
–
55-pole connector
55-pole connector
CabinetModule
32 4 12 – – 4 16 connector
CabinetModule
16 4 16 – – – 4 connector
I/O modules
digital
Total number of
inputs /outputs
ConnectionInputs
analo-gue
keys
Type PageOutputs
PWM /digital /current-
controlled
PWM /digital
digital
60
60
60
62
62
64
KeypadModule
30 – – 16 – –
2 x bar graph(10-LED)
+ 12 LEDs
WAGOcage
clamps5-pole
KeypadModule
66
64
59
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
CompactModule metal
Robust modules with M12 connector
If a central controller cannot be used in a mobile machi-ne, decentralised input / output modules are employed.A decentralised structure enables installation of the elec-tronics at the requested machine positions. Due tomodule networking via the powerful CAN bus with theCANopen protocol for mobile use the application can bequickly implemented.The metal CompactModules are fitted with M12 con-nectors which are widely used in industry. An extensiveline of connection cables allows direct, easy and reliableconnection of sensors and actuators. The baud rate andnode number are directly set via CANopen commandsor by means of integrated code switches in the terminalchamber. For networking the CAN bus via wired dropcables M12 connections and terminating resistors areavailable.Due to the high protection rating the modules can bedirectly used in areas with dirt and splashing water.
Configurable input /output function.
Current-control functionfor hydraulic valves.
M12 connector for quick andreliable wiring.
CAN interface withCANopen protocol.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
CAN drop jumperplug M12 / socket M12, 0.3 m E11591
CAN drop jumperplug M12 / socket M12, 2 m E11593
CAN drop socketwired, M12, 2 m E11596
CAN drop socketwired, M12, 5 m E11597
CAN drop connectorwired, M12, 2 m E11598
CAN drop connectorwired, M12, 5 m E11599
Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A,1 m, (according to DIN 43650) E11187
Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A2 m, (according to DIN 43650) E11622
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
CompactModule metal
60
I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface
Page
I/O modules
Compact-Modulemetal
60 - 61
Smart-Module
62 - 63
Cabinet-Module
64 - 65
Keypad-Module
66 - 67
Terminal chamber
CompactModules metalBaud rate and node number selectable via coding switch
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsanalogue
(V / I)
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled
Outputsdigital /
PWM
Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
8 – – 8 – cable / connector 10 1 CR2031
16 4 4 – 8 cable / connector 11 2 CR2032
12 4 4 – 4 cable / connector 12 3 CR2033
Common technical data
Housing: diecast zincConnection: M12 socketsTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 50 mA (at 24 V DC)Switching current: 4 AInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 182
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
61
Block diagram
16-bitμController EEPROM
IN / OUT
+UB
CAN 1
+UB
clock
+UB 5 V
reset
8x
3
1
4
2
selectorterm
inal
blo
ck
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
rotary switch(hex-coded)
baudrate
ID
SmartModule
High protection rating due to central plug
If a central controller cannot be used in a mobile machi-ne, decentralised input / output modules are employed.A decentralised structure enables installation of the elec-tronics at the requested machine positions. Due tomodule networking via the powerful CAN bus withCANopen protocol for mobile use the application can bequickly implemented. Moreover wiring complexity isconsiderably reduced using the bus technology.The SmartModules are fitted with a central plug which isused for connecting all sensors, actuators, the CAN busand voltage supply. Due to the high protection ratingthe modules can be directly used in areas with dirt andsplashing water.Parameter setting of the inputs and outputs enables usein different applications.
Configurable input /output function.
Current-control function forhydraulic valves.
Central plug for quick integrationinto the cable harness.
CAN interface withCANopen protocol.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Connector AMP 55-polewirable, with contacts EC2013
Connection cable wiredcable length 1.2 m EC2086
Connection cable wiredcable length 2.5 m EC2046
Cable with connectorcores sealed individually, 1.2 m EC2084
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
SmartModule
62
I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface
Page
I/O modules
Compact-Modulemetal
60 - 61
Smart-Module
62 - 63
Cabinet-Module
64 - 65
Keypad-Module
66 - 67
Application example
SmartModulesCentral plug for sensors, actuators, CAN bus and voltage supply
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsanalogue
(V / I)
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital / PWM /curr.-controlled
Outputsdigital /
PWM
Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
12 – 4 8 – 55-pole connec. 13 4 CR2512
12 4 4 – 4 55-pole connec. 14 4 CR2513
Common technical data
Housing: metalConnection: 55-pole connectorTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 50 mA (at 24 V DC)Switching current: 4 AInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 182
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
63
Block diagram
55-p
ole
conn
ectio
n
+UB
μController EEPROM
IN / OUT
+UB
CAN 1
clock
5 V
reset
CabinetModule
For space-saving mounting.
For large mobile machines cabins for operators are oftenused. In the environment around the driver's workplacemany signals, e.g. from switches, joysticks and signalindicators are generated. To ensure a low-cost connec-tion of these signals to the process controller, they arecollected at a central point and transferred via the CANbus to the process controller. The wiring complexity isconsiderably reduced.The CabinetModules have been developed just for thisapplication. Their flat design enables integration indashboards and operating panels. To connect switches,joysticks or signal indictors all important potentials arebrought out to the connectors. This eliminates the needof further terminals. Due to the parameter setting of theinput and output functions the modules can be flexiblyadapted to their application.
Inputs for digital and joystick signals.
Usable as a controller for cockpitor operating panels.
Central plug system for quickintegration into the cable harness.
CAN interface withCANopen protocol.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Plug set for CR2012 / CR2014 EC2053
Plug set for CR2016 EC2089
Cable with connectorAMP 6-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1520
Cable with connectorAMP 10-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1521
Cable with connectorAMP 14-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1522
Cable with connectorAMP 18-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1523
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
CabinetModule
64
I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface
Page
I/O modules
Compact-Modulemetal
60 - 61
Smart-Module
62 - 63
Cabinet-Module
64 - 65
Keypad-Module
66 - 67
Connection CR2012
CabinetModulesIntegration in dashboards and operating panels
Inputs /outputs
total
Inputsanalogue
(V)
Input voltageanalogue
inputs
Inputsdigital
Outputsdigital /
PWM
Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
16 4 10 V 16 4 / 2 plug 15 5 CR2012
16 4 5 12 4 / – plug 16 6 CR2014
32 4 0...10 / 32 V 12 16 / 4 plug 17 7 CR2016
Common technical data
for type CR2012Housing: open with pottingConnection: 18-pole, 6-pole connectorsTemperature range: -25...85 °CProtection rating: IP 20; Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 50 mA (at 24 V DC)Switching current: 500 mAInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 3Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1
You can find scale drawings from page 182
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
65
Block diagram CR2012
8 BitμController EEPROM
IN / OUT
+UB
CAN 1
+UB
clock
+UB 5 V
reset
rotary switch(hex-coded)
ID
Cable for CabinetModul
EC15206 poles
CR2012 –1
–CR2014
CR2016 –
1
2
2
2
2
EC152110 poles
EC152214 poles
EC152318 poles
–
–
1
KeypadModule
Flexible KeypadModule
For the design of operating and control panels correctpositioning of the input elements is essential. For thesecases a compact module for surface and panel moun-ting is required. Depending on the application theassignment and labelling of the keys must also be chan-ged. LEDs and bar graph displays are available to givethe operator feedback on key and system states.The KeypadModule provides this flexibility. Via the inte-grated CAN interface the device can be connecteddirectly to the bus. The CANopen protocol enables easyand flexible parameter setting and convenient exchangeof data with the connected process controller. The func-tion library for the programming system supports theeasy integration of the device functions in the applica-tion program.
Housing prepared for surface andpanel mounting.
Status indication via function keyLEDs and 10-digit LED rows.
Free labelling of the keys viainserted strips.
Extensive software library forprogramming and parameter setting.
CAN interface with CANopen protocol.
I/O modules I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
KeypadModule
66
I/O moduleswithCANopeninterface
Page
I/O modules
Compact-Modulemetal
60 - 61
Smart-Module
62 - 63
Cabinet-Module
64 - 65
Keypad-Module
66 - 67
Module with housing low. part
KeypadModulesPanel and surface mounting possible
Supplyvoltage
Number ofthe function
keys with LED
Cursor keys LED bar graph10-digit
Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
10...30 V DC 12 4 2 Wago cage clamps 5-pole 19 8 CR1500
Common technical data
Housing: plastic (Noryl)Temperature range: -20...75 °CProtection rating: IP 64Ub: 10...30 V DCCurrent consumption: 150 / 250 mA,
24 / 12 V DCInterface: CANCANopen slave CiA DS 401 / DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE, e1
You can find scale drawings from page 182
I/O moduleswith CANopen interface
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
67
Operating mode rows of LEDs
red individual segment in a row of LEDs lighting green
green individual segment in a row of LEDs lighting red
red individual segment
green individual segment
red row of segments in a row of LEDs lighting green
green row of segments in a row of LEDs lighting red
red row of segments
green row of segments
red row of segments with colour change point (here 5)
green row of segments with colour change p. (here 7)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
descriptionoperating mode
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Dialogue modules
69
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
System descriptionSelection chart
70 - 7374 - 75
PDM360 smartPDM360 compactPDM360 dialogue monitorsO2M Ethernet camera CoDeSys software
76 - 7778 - 7980 - 8182 - 8384 - 85
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
The dialogue monitor PDM360 is such a user interface. With its powerful32-bit controller and the flexible programming according to IEC 61131-3 itcan be used in almost all applications. Depending on the version the 5.7"graphic display is either a monochrome FSTN or TFT colour display.Due to its robust housing (protection rating IP 67) and the different mount-ing options the unit can be used outside as well as in the cabin. It is designedto be either panel or surface mounted.Communication is done via the CAN bus with the CANopen protocol. Theintegrated interfaces like Ethernet, USB, RS-232 and 2 x CAN together withthe Linux operating system form a universal platform for further networkingand communication with other CAN devices, networks or the PC. Due to theintegrated PCMCIA slot a standardised and flexible interface is available forsystem expansion.
70
IntroductionMost machines require an operator for the operating process. Machine states must be indicated and operator inputs must be processed. The typicalstructure of an operating panel with light indicators, pushbuttons, switchesand – depending on the complexity of the machine – additional pointerinstruments was predominant in mobile machines and installations until afew years ago. Due to the higher requirements for machines and higherexpectations of the users as regards their “mobile workplace” these con-cepts are no longer up to date. Depending on the size and complexity of the machine, modern dialoguemodules are fitted with text or full graphic displays and different operatingfields. One unit provides all functions which in case of conventional designscould only be implemented with time-consuming and cost-intensive mount-ing and wiring of individual components. Due to the individual program-ming of the dialogue modules the user only sees the situation-dependentinformation which is relevant. For example the operator gets additionalwarnings and notes for fault elimination only in case of a machine fault. Dueto this situation-dependent display the operating panels have a clearer struc-ture and the operator can concentrate better on the actual work function.Service and maintenance staff also use dialogue modules as an intelligentaccess to the machine. Due to special pages, which can be password-pro-tected, parameters can be changed in the machine controller and the oper-ating data stored. The maintenance history of the machine can also be read.
Process dialogue monitor PDM360 and PDM360 compact
System descriptionDialogue modules Displays, input modules
and camera systems
PDM360 compact.
The central plugof the PDM360.
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
71
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
user programs(e.g. CoDeSys runtime system)
operating system (kernel)
PDM 360 hardware
interface for system calls
driver interface kernel
driver driver driver driver
Linux model software struc-
ture and system interfaces.
PDM360 smart.
The PDM360 smart is a compact graphic display for panel and surfacemounting. The monochrome backlit display has a resolution of 128 x 64pixels. This display can show text in seven different font sizes and mono-chrome graphics (e.g. bar graphs, symbol bitmaps). Preset and current valuesfrom the control process are shown as graphics or text.The keys can be used for internal functions (e.g. set-up menu, editing ofpreset values) or can be freely used via the user program. The six functionkeys are arranged directly around the display and can be freely programmedas softkeys.In the application the device is connected via two universal M12 connectorswhich ensure the voltage supply and connection to the communicationinterfaces CAN and RS-232.Depending on the device version four digital inputs and four digital outputsare available. The user can connect external switches, sensors and actuatorsto the additional M12 connectors.The PDM360 smart works without a separate operating system. All impor-tant functions are directly integrated in the runtime system and comparablewith the R360 controllers. The device library and visualisation functions arethe interface for application programming.
Process dialogue monitor PDM360 smart
The dialogue monitor PDM360 compact is mainly designed as a PDM360.The 3.8-inch display in portrait format has the same resolution in a slimmerhousing. For the dialogue monitor PDM360 compact the device connectionis made via universal M12 connectors. As an option, the PDM360 compactprovides two digital inputs and two digital outputs, for example, for the con-nection of external operating elements and displays. With the operating system Embedded Linux the specialist can use anothersoftware platform. CoDeSys functions in the user program enable directaccess to the operating system. Further independent programs can be started, Linux commands (shell commands) and system calls can be executeddirectly and the file system can be accessed.As Linux is a real multitasking operating system all started programs, forexample the CoDeSys runtime system, are executed as independent tasks.
PDM360 smartwith M12
connector.
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
72
System descriptionDialogue modules Displays, input modules
and camera systems
The PDM360 canbe programmed
individually and is a very
convenient visua-lisation solution.
The PDM360 dialogue units are often installed in vehicles as surface mountdevices. On the one hand, a secure fit and, on the other hand, an easy toadjust mechanical system are required. The universal RAM mount systemprovides both. One ball is mounted at the PDM360 and one in the vehicle. The clamp armconnects the two balls. Depending on the requested device position RAMmount arms can be used in three different lengths. The handle enables easeof use and quick adjustment to almost any position. Due to the patentedtwo-ball system vibrations are intercepted by the holder and therefore notpassed on to the device. The stable holder cups ensure a secure fit even forthe heavy PDM360 monitors.
Flexible and tried-and-tested RAM mount installation system
As for the R360 controller family, CoDeSys software is used for program-ming the PDM360 monitors. The controllers and the PDM360 family are programmed with only one tool.The visualisation editor integrated into the programming package has beenan integral part of the software for a long time. With this editor the user candevelop static and dynamic visualisation objects and directly show them onthe PC or internet browser, e.g. for diagnosis of the connected plc. The target visualisation provides a further option. Due to this hardware-inde-pendent technology the created graphical objects are compiled into the IECcode ST (structured text) before downloading to the PDM360. The run timesystem processes this code on the device and, in combination with a graphiclibrary, displays the objects which have been created on the PC. Vector gra-phics as well as bit maps can be shown on the individual visualisation pages. At the same time a device-specific control process can be programmed andexecuted irrespective of the visualisation.The connection to the machine controller is made via the CAN bus. TheCANopen protocol provides a universal platform for this.If the PDM360 monitors are used as a network master, the network config-urator integrated into the programming software is used to project and configure the connected slaves (e.g. I/O modules). Via the PDOs the processsignals are available directly in the dialogue unit as IEC addresses.
Programming and network configuration by means of IEC 61131-3RAM mount
installation onPDM360 smart.
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
73
Convenient: Parameter settingof the PDM360 at the PC.
As an alternative, the PDM360 monitors can be configured as a terminal.They are then configured as CANopen slaves. The necessary data objects aredefined by the programmer, depending on the application. After completionof this communication interface between the machine controller and thedialogue module an EDS is generated and integrated when the machinecontroller is configured. The PDOs and SDOs are immediately available in thisapplication.
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
O2M110 withmounting kit.
In addition to dialogue units to display machine information, camera systemsare used in many mobile machines and vehicles to monitor operationalareas. They give the user or driver information about blind spots. Today ana-logue camera systems and monitors often perform this task. Disadvantage: a second screen must be mounted beside the operating panel. With the integrated network technology the O2M camera data is directlydisplayed on the dialogue module PDM360 (colour) with graphic capability.A separate monitor is no longer needed. Via a simple Ethernet hub or Ether-net switch the camera image can be shown on any number of displays. It isalso possible to connect several O2M cameras to a display in this way.The modern CMOS sensor, the powerful controller and the integrated firm-ware are the basis for image capturing and processing. White adjustmentand colour saturation can be set individually, if necessary. The digital cap-turing and transmission of the image data enable scaling and free position-ing of the camera image. With a splitscreen representation, up to fourcamera images can be simultaneously displayed. In addition, the PDM360can be used to store individual images on a compact flash card. They can, forexample, be used for protocolling. Parameter setting of the camera functions and data transmission are directlydone from the application programmed with CoDeSys. Using functionblocks the displayed camera images can be mirrored, rotated, zoomed andscaled. If necessary, visualisation elements and the camera image can beshown simultaneously.
Ethernet camera O2M for mobile applications
Selection chart
74
COG,monochrome
PDM360 smart
128 x 64 pixels
FSTN,monochrome
PDM360 compact
240 x 320 pixels
76
78
8function keys
+4 curser keys
3function keys
+1 pushbutton
surface / panel
surface / panel
CoDeSys 2.3
CoDeSys 2.3
FSTN,monochrome
PDM360 compact
320 x 240 pixels 78
3function keys
+1 pushbutton
surface / panel CoDeSys 2.3
FSTN,monochrome
PDM360 dialogue monitor
320 x 240 pixels
TFT, colour
PDM360 dialogue monitor
320 x 240 pixels
80
80
6function keys
+encoder withpushbutton
6function keys
+encoder withpushbutton
surface / panel
surface / panel
CoDeSys 2.3
CoDeSys 2.3
Displays and input modules
–
CoDeSys + tools
– 84– –Programming soft-ware for PDM360dialogue monitors
System software for displays and input modules
Type Display type Type ofmounting
Programming /data format
PageResolution Number ofkeys
Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems
75
320 x 240
O2M Ethernet camera
CMOS 82UDP / IP8-bit
Windowsbitmap
M12 (5-pole),A-coded /
M12 (4-pole),D-coded
Camera systems
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Type Resolution Dataformat
Device connection(connec. / socket)
PageTypeof sensor
Protocol
PDM360 smart
Intelligent compact display
A powerful dialogue module for operation and for theindication of system messages is required in almost allmobile machines today. The PDM360 smart is such auser interface. With its compact design and the flexibleprogramming according to IEC 61131-3 it can be usedin almost all applications. Its robust IP 67 housing ena-bles surface and panel mounting outside and in cabins.Communication with the other system components inthe machine is carried out via the CAN bus with theCANopen protocol. The additional RS-232 interface andthe optional inputs and outputs together form a plat-form for further networking and communication withother units.
Text and dialogue display withgraphics capability: PDM360 smart.
Freely programmable to IEC 61131-3 with target visualisation.
128 x 64 pixels, display with 12 backlit function keys.
Closed robust metal housing for surface and panel mounting.
CAN interface with CANopen protocol.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Socket , M12, 5-wire, 2 mCAN and supply voltage E11596
M12 connector, 5-wire, 2 m E11598
JumperM12 plug / M12 socket, 2 m E11459
JumperM12 plug / M12 socket, 5 m E11460
Mounting platefor RAM mount system EC1410
Mounting arm, 90 mmfor RAM mount system EC1411
Mounting arm, 144 mmfor RAM mount system EC1412
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems
PDM360 smart
76
Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems
Page
Dialogue modulesPDM360
smart
76 - 77
PDM360compact
78 - 79
PDM360dialoguemonitors
80 - 81
O2MEthernetcamera
82 - 83
CoDeSyssoftware
84 - 85
Application example
PDM360 smart Intelligent compact display for use in mobile vehicles
Displayresolution
(pixels)
Display-type
Backgroundillumination
Mountingtype
Func-tionkeys
Cursor andcontrol keys
Inputs /outputs
Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
128 x 64 COG mono. LED panel / surf. 6 6 – 2 x M12 20 1 CR1070
128 x 64 COG mono. LED panel / surf. 6 6 4 / 4 4 x M12 21 1 CR1071
Common technical data
Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Operating voltage: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 240 mA (at 24 V DC)Interfaces: CAN, RS232Program memory: 576 kB flashData memory: 48 kbytesData memory (non volatile): 1664 bytesCE, e1 (2005/49/EC),appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 184
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
77
Block diagram
digital IN
CPU
digital OUT keyboard
display128 x 64
576 kbyte48 kbyte
128 byte(retain)
1536 byte(remanent)
RS232
CAN
supplyflash
memorySRAM
FRAM
PDM360 compact
Intelligent compact display
In almost all mobile machines a powerful dialogue unitis needed for machine operation and showing systemmessages. The PDM360 compact is such a user interfa-ce. With its powerful 32-bit controller and flexible pro-gramming to IEC 61131-3 it can be used in almost allapplications. Its robust IP 67 housing enables surfaceand panel mounting outside and in the cabin. Commu-nication with the other system components in themachine is made via the CAN bus using the CANopenprotocol. The additional Ethernet and RS-232 interfacesas well as the optional inputs and outputs together forma platform for further networking and communicationwith other units.
Graphic display for operation and parameter setting of mobile machines.
3.8" display with 3 function keys andencoder with pushbutton.
M12 connector for quick andsafe wiring.
Freely programmable to IEC 61131-3 with target visualisation.
CANopen interfaces withCANopen protocol.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Socket , M12, 5-wire, 2 mCAN and supply voltage E11596
M12 connector, 5-wire, 2 m E11598
Jumper, M12 plug / RJ45 plugEthernet E11898
Mounting platefor RAM mount system EC1410
Mounting arm, 90 mmfor RAM mount system EC1411
Mounting arm, 231 mmfor RAM mount system EC1413
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems
PDM360 compact
78
Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems
Page
Dialogue modulesPDM360
smart
76 - 77
PDM360compact
78 - 79
PDM360dialoguemonitors
80 - 81
O2MEthernetcamera
82 - 83
CoDeSyssoftware
84 - 85
Application example
PDM360 compactProcess and dialogue monitor for mobile vehicles
Displayresolution
(pixels)
Displaytype
Backgr.illumina-
tion
Mountingtype
Functionkeys
Operatingelements
Real-timeclock
Inputs /outputs
Deviceconnec-
tion
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
240 x 320 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder no – 3 x M12 22 2 CR1052
240 x 320 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder yes 2 / 2 4 x M12 23 2 CR1053
320 x 240 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder no – 3 x M12 22 3 CR1055
320 x 240 FSTN mono. LED panel / surf. 3 / 1 1 encoder yes 2 / 2 4 x M12 23 3 CR1056
Common technical data
Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Operating voltage: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 240 mA (at 24 V DC)Interfaces: CAN, RS232, EthernetProgram memory: 32 MB flash Data memory: 32 MB SDRAMOperating system: Linux 2.4.xCE, e1 (2005/49/EC)
You can find scale drawings from page 184
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
79
Block diagram
CPU
keyboard
display240 x 320
RS232
CAN
supply
RTC
digital IN
digital OUT
Ethernet
16 mbytesystem
flashmemory
RAM
16 mbyteuser
16 mbytesystem
16 mbyteuser
/home/home/bin/home/lib/home/project
PDM360 dialogue monitors
Convenient user interface
In almost all mobile machines powerful process dialoguemodules are nowadays used for operation and visualisa-tion of system messages. The PDM360 is such a userinterface. With its powerful 32-bit controller and flexibleprogramming with the CoDeSys target visualisation itcan be used in almost all applications.Due to the robust IP 67 housing the PDM360 can beused outside and in cabins. It is for surface or panelmounting.Communication with the other system components inthe machine is carried out via the CAN bus with theCANopen protocol. The additional interfaces like Ether-net, USB, RS-232 and the second CAN interface toget-her with the Linux operating system form a universalplatform for further networking and communicationwith other CAN devices, networks or the PC. Further-more the PDM360 is fitted with a PCMCIA slot forsystem and memory extension.
5.7" display with graphic capabilitiesand background illumination
Closed robust metal housing forsurface and panel mounting.
Night design function for operatingkeys and input element.
Freely programmable to IEC 61131-3with target visualisation.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Snap in set for panel mounting(4 pieces) EC1452
Fixing set for control cabinet mounting(4 mounting brackets, 4 cylinder screws) EC1453
Mounting platefor RAM mount system EC1410
Mounting arm, 144 mmfor RAM mount system EC1412
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems
PDM360 dialogue monitors
80
Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems
Page
Dialogue modulesPDM360
smart
76 - 77
PDM360compact
78 - 79
PDM360dialoguemonitors
80 - 81
O2MEthernetcamera
82 - 83
CoDeSyssoftware
84 - 85
Application example
PDM360 dialogue monitorsBacklit 5.7" display with graphic capabilitiesProgramming via CoDeSys target visualisation
Displayresolution
(pixels)
Displaytype
Backlight Mountingtype
Function /push-
buttons
Operatingelements
Real-timeclock
Deviceconnection(connector)
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
320 x 240 FSTN monochr. LED panel / surf. 6 / 1 1 encoder yes M23 (19-pole) 24 4 CR1050
320 x 240 TFT colour LED panel / surf. 6 / 1 1 encoder yes M23 (19-pole) 24 4 CR1051
320 x 240 FSTN monochr. CCFL panel / surf. 6 / 1 1 encoder yes M23 (19-pole) 24 4 CR1060
Common technical data
Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -20...70 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...40 V DCCurrent consumption: 250 mA (at 24 V DC)Interfaces: 2 x CAN, RS-232, EthernetProgram memory: 8 MB flashData memory: 16 MB SRAMOperating system: Linux 2.4.xCE, e1, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 184
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
81
Block diagram
CPU
Ethernet
RTC
Supply
RS 232-2
CAN 1
CAN 2
USB
RS 232-1
Keyboard
Display320 x 240
Ethernet
USB
PC-CARD
Power Control
FlashMemory
RAM16 MByteSystem
16 MByteUser
16 MByteSystem
16 MByteUser
Buzzer
Camera systems
Ethernet camera
In almost all mobile vehicles, users today use displays forindicating vehicle information. At the same time camerasystems monitor the operating areas in an increasingnumber of applications. The robust camera system O2M can be directly connec-ted to the PDM360 dialogue monitor with graphic capa-bility and colour display using integrated Ethernet inter-faces. This eliminates the need for a separate monitor.The IP 67 housing enables direct mounting outside thevehicles and machines.Via user-friendly parameter setting and control functionsfrom the CoDeSys application library, image transmis-sion and display are adapted to the requirements of themobile vehicle. Using function blocks the camera ima-ges and visualisation elements can be mirrored, rotated,zoomed, scaled and displayed simultaneously.The modern CMOS sensor, the powerful controller andthe integrated firmware are the basis for image captu-ring and processing. So the user can set, for example,white adjustment and colour saturation individually, ifnecessary.
Camera system for mobile vehicles.
Can be used as a rear view camera using its select. image mirror function.
Operates all year due to temperature-controlled lens heating.
Programming and parameter settinginterface for CoDeSys 2.3.
e1 type approval of the German Federal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Ethernet-jumper,M12-plug D-coded, RJ45 (cross-link) E11898
Jumper, M12 plug / M12 plugEthernet, 2 m, PVC-cable E21138
Jumper, M12 plug / M12 plugEthernet, 5 m, PVC-cable E21139
Socket M12,2 m black, PUR-cable EVC001
Socket M12,5 m black, PUR-cable EVC002
Mounting set forrod mounting Ø 12mm E2D110
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Ethernet camera
82
Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems
Page
Dialogue modulesPDM360
smart
76 - 77
PDM360compact
78 - 79
PDM360dialoguemonitors
80 - 81
O2MEthernetcamera
82 - 83
CoDeSyssoftware
84 - 85
Applikation example
Ethernet camera
Imageresolution
Sensortype
Protocoll Dataformat
Deviceconnection
plug / socket
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
320 x 240 CMOS UDP/IP 8 Bit Windows® Bitmap M12 (4-pol.) A-cod. / M12 (4-pol.) D-cod. 25 5 O2M110
Common technical data
Housing: diecast zincTemperature range: -40...85 °CProtection: IP69kOperating voltage: 8..32 V DCPower cons.: < 4 VA (ecl. lens heating)Interfaces: Ethernet 10base-T / 100base-TXImage repetition rate : <= 15 fpsOperating distance/Field of view size: 1m / 2m x 1.3m;2m / 4m x 2.6m; 5m / 10m x 6.6m CE, e1 (2005/49/EG)
You can find scale drawings from page 184
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
83
Software-interface
CAM_CTRL 1
CAM_CTRL 2
CAM_CTRL 3
imageframebuffer
CoDeSysapplication
framebufferserver
3100
cameraserver
cameraserver
CoDeSysserver
3100
3100
CoDeSys + tools
Powerful programming software
The importance of the software keeps increasing inmobile control technology as well. Therefore it is neces-sary for the user to have compatible and easy-to-useprograms for software creation, parameter setting andremote maintenance.The programming tool CoDeSys to IEC 61131-3 provi-des the programmer with different program languages(FBD, LD, SFC, IL and ST) for fast project implementationand management. A powerful visualisation module forthe graphic representation of the machine and installa-tion functions completes the package. Via the integra-ted target visualisation the drawn graphic elements canbe directly loaded to the graphic display PDM 360.In addition to the programming tool, the software CAN-com Basisstation provides a powerful PC tool for remotemonitoring and maintenance. It is also possible toexchange the application software in the networkedcontrollers via this interface.
Usable on common Windows PCs.
Easy networking of the devices withthe PC by means of the CAN bus.
Standardised software interfacewith DDE or OLE technology.
Powerful interfaces, e.g. for GPSdata or FTP transfer.
User-friendly and easy to use.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
CAN-PC interface CANview RS-232 EC2070
CAN-PC interface CANview USB EC2071
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Dialogue modules Displays, input modulesand camera systems
CoDeSys software
84
Displays,input modu-les, camerasystems
Page
Dialogue modulesPDM360
smart
76 - 77
PDM360compact
78 - 79
PDM360dialoguemonitors
80 - 81
O2MEthernetcamera
82 - 83
CoDeSyssoftware
84 - 85
CD structure
CoDeSys programming and diagnostic softwareSoftware tools for the ecomatmobile system
VersionCoDeSys
Language Use forR360
Use forPDM360
Programminginterface
Data carrier Orderno.
2.3 German yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9006
2.3 English yes yes RS-232, CAN, Ethernet CD-ROM CP9008
You can find scale drawings from page 184
Displays, input modulesand camera systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
85
Screenshot
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Diagnosis and service
87
Remote maintenance and data memoryCAN interface and CAN diagnosis
System descriptionSelection chart
Remote maintenance and data memory
CAN interface and CAN diagnosis
CANcom / CANcom GPSCANmem
CANview
88 - 9192
94 - 9596 - 97
98 - 99
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Normally a programming or operational data logging system is directly connected to a control system in the machine via a fixed cable connection.To do so the usual interfaces (e.g. RS-232, Ethernet) or field buses (e.g.CAN) are used. In most cases access and data exchange are made via PC or notebook. Forstationary machines and installations the connection is made by means ofthe components installed in the control cabinet. It is more difficult if a system is not in a fixed place, like a mobile machine.The service technicians are usually not on site and if a service is required it isin most cases very time-consuming and expensive.This problem can only be solved by using a wireless connection to the ma-chine. Service and operating data can be exchanged in the open field.Among radio connections the GSM network (Global System for Mobile com-munication) is currently the best option for telecommunication. GSM offersgood availability and can be used internationally. Furthermore GSM cannotonly transmit language but also data, the latter being used for the connec-tion to the machine controller.One of the most well-known services of the GSM network is the Short Mes-sage Service (SMS). It serves for the exchange of short text messages between GSM units. If the remote station is not available SMS messages arestored with the network provider over a longer period of time and deliveredwhen the receiver is available again. GPRS (General Packet Radio Services) is a new mobile radio technology forfast data transmission. It also uses the GSM radio network. In contrast to thecurrent GSM communication, the data is condensed into packets that can betransmitted via the radio network depending on customer needs and systemcapacity. At the receiver these data packets are reassembled. So GPRS achieves not only higher transmission speeds but also a permanently activeradio connection. The incurred communication cost is only calculated on thebasis of the transmitted data volumes (e.g. new configuration data) and not on the connection time. Because of the structure of the data packetsthey are exchanged in the network similar to TCP/IP communication. Thisenables, for example, simple access to machine data via the internet.
88
IntroductionIn times of globalisation of the markets the distances to the customer areincreasing. The costs for the provision of services as well as shortening ofdowntimes in case of malfunctions are becoming more and more important.Therefore manufacturers of plant and machinery are using the fast and inex-pensive on-site diagnostic tools to an increasing extent. Even more efficient:Remote diagnosis by means of radio connection. The diagnosis and service units CANcom, CANmem and CANview not onlysupport the application programmer, but also the end user.
Transmission ofmachine datadirectly from thecontroller.
RS
232
POW
ER/C
AN
AN
T.
SIM
order no. CR 3100
GSMRS 232
ONERROR
CAN
Remote diagnosis – online connection around the globe
System descriptionDiagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memory
CAN interface and CAN diagnosis
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
89
Online connec-tion to the central
control station via GSM radio
network.
CANcom Basis-station, GSM con-nection directlyfrom the PC.
The Short Message Service and the transmission of larger amounts of datavia a special network service are also used by the CANcom radio gatewaywith integrated CAN interface. In principle a radio modem is designed like anormal mobile telephone. Only the keyboard and the display are missing.The data are put in and transmitted digitally directly from the connectedcontroller. To do this the CANcom is connected to the controller via the inte-grated CAN gateway. It also converts and processes the data between theCAN and GSM networks. Before transmission all data are converted into atext. The GSM test and safety mechanisms monitor the correctness of thetransmitted data.Due to its compact and robust design CANcom can be used directly in themachine. The 5-pole M12 round connector is for the connection to the CANbus in the machine and for the voltage supply. The standardised aerial con-nection enables the use of application-related aerials. The slot for the SIMcard has a protective cover. There is also a serial RS-232 interface via whichan update of the firmware can be made if necessary. CANcom provides special function calls to the programmer for controllingand processing the data. The messages are transmitted as SMS, fax, e-mailor via GPRS. Using the SIM data card, larger data volumes can also be trans-mitted at low cost.
The PC software “CANcom Basisstation” is used for the connection of theservice centre to the machine. In addition to a safe, password-protectedestablishing of the connection it also offers the possibility to manage SMSdata and a directory. After establishing an online connection it can alsoestablish a connection to further PC software (e.g. CAN bus monitor CAN-mon) which then has direct access to the CAN bus of the machine via theGSM network.
The CAN / GSM / GPRS radio gateway CANcom
Remote maintenance and data memory, CAN interface
and CAN diagnosis
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
90
CANcom / GPS – determining exact positionsGPS stands for “Global Positioning System”, i.e. for the worldwide determi-nation of a position. The system which was developed by the Americandefence ministry for military purposes for determining positions consists of anetwork of 24 satellites which circle the earth twice a day at a height ofabout 20,000 km. These satellites transmit their data worldwide and roundthe clock.A part of the GPS system can be used for civilian purposes. The GPS infor-mation can be received and processed free of charge in order to show a GPSuser his own position on the surface of the earth. By using an almanac inte-grated into the GPS receiver (table of the satellite identifiers and the corre-sponding orbit) the GPS receiver continuously calculates the distance of theGPS user to the receiving satellite. On the basis of this the GPS unit deter-mines the geographic position of the user. To ensure that this functions correctly the signals of at least three satellites are required. With signals offour satellites it is additionally possible to determine the current heightabove sea level. Further satellite signals increase the accuracy of the positioninformation. It is usually three to five metres. The CANcom / GPS is equipped with such a GPS receiver. The received posi-tion data can be further processed for position-dependent processes directlyin the control system. It is also possible to transmit the position via the GSMmodem together with other machine data, for example to a service centre.
CANmem – data storage in real timeInstead of transmitting machine data online they can also be stored locally. Thedata memory and logger CANmem enables fast and reliable storage of sporadic and cyclical data. They are stored on exchangeable and PC-compatible memory cards (PCMCIA or SD card).When setting the device parameters the user determines the minimum timeintervals and format for data storage. Furthermore the memory manage-ment can be set. So the operating mode ring buffer enables continuous datastorage, for example, for black box systems in accident data recorders. Withlinear writing to the buffer, data can be stored up to the maximum size ofthe memory card. A “time stamp” is added and the data is evaluated lateron by means of a PC program (e.g. Excel spreadsheet).
By means of GPSthe position ofmobile machinescan be deter-mined with anaccuracy of 3 metres.
CANcom / GPS –detecting and
communicatingpositions
worldwide.
By means of CAN-mem operational
data are storedcyclically on amemory card.
CANcom
System descriptionDiagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memory
CAN interface and CAN diagnosis
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
91
CANview – PC interface for programming, diagnosis and serviceCANview is an intelligent and robust interface for the connection of a CANnetwork to a PC. Due to an easy and clearly structured configuration soft-ware CANview can be adapted to the corresponding PC hardware. Thus it isavailable to all ifm software packages supporting a VCI CAN interface. CAN-view is available in versions with RS-232 or USB interface, the latter allowinghigher transmission rates.Due to the integrated graphic display (100 x 32 pixels) the CANview analyserenables clear representation and processing of CAN bus data. Furthermore,it supports parameter setting and configuration of CANopen modules in thelaboratory, workshop and field. For additional monitoring and diagnosticfunctions an A/D converter is integrated. The supply voltage and CAN signals can be statically measured. Furthermore, an automatic baud ratedetection and recording of CAN and CANopen messages for fault locationare supported. With the CANview analyser you can work independently of a PC. The voltage is supplied via the CAN bus or an external power supply.Four control keys are available for user inputs.As for CANview RS-232 the CANview analyser can be used as an intelligentand robust interface for connection of a CAN network to a PC via its inte-grated RS-232 interface.
CANmem configurator.
Remote maintenance and data memory, CAN interface
and CAN diagnosis
Selection chart
92
Diagnosis and service Remote maintenance and data memoryCAN interface and CAN diagnosis
GSM radio modem for CANquad-band for
850, 900, 1,800 and 1,900 MHz
M12 plug, SMA connector
CANcom
GSM radio modemwith GPS for CAN
quad-band for 850, 900, 1,800 and 1,900 MHz
M12 plug, SMA connector
CANcom GPS
CAN PC interface PC connection: RS-232 9-pole Sub-D plug
CANview RS-232
CAN PC interface PC connection: USB 9-pole Sub-D plug
CANview USB
Remote maintenance
data memory andlogger for CAN
SRAM FlashSD card
USB socket,type Mini-B
CANmem
Data memory
Diagnosis
Type Type of unit Characteristics Connection Page
94
94
98
98
96
93
Remote maintenance anddata memory, CAN interface
and CAN diagnosis
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
CANcom
GSM radio modem
CANcom III uses the “global system for mobile commu-nication” (GSM) to exchange data between the CANbus system and receiver. Via coupling to an existingCANopen network messages can be directly sent asSMS, e-mail or fax. By means of direct data links CANmessages can be transmitted worldwide.The software CANcom Basisstation can set up a proto-col-transparent connection between the CAN networkand any PC software with “CAN capability” (e.g. CAN-mon or CoDeSys). This is an important condition to fitevery mobile machine with a remote maintenance func-tion at low cost.With CANcom / GPS III the machine is also given theposition data of the device connected via CAN. Thistechnology opens up a variety of options for fleetmanagement and location determination of borrowedmachines.The integrated tri band GSM modem allows worldwideuse.
GSM modem designed formobile applications.
Easy parameter setting via softwareor application program.
Support of SMS, fax, e-mailand data services.
Tri band version for worldwide use.
Communication via the CAN interface.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
CANcom GSM for 850, 900 / 1800 /1900 MHz planar aerial EC2092
CANcom GPS for 850, 900 / 1800 /1900 MHz planar aerial EC2093
Socket M12wirable, 5-pole, straight E11511
Serial interface cable2 x 9-pole D-SUB (female) EC2063
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Diagnosis and service Remote maintenanceand data memory
CANcom / CANcom GPS
94
Remotediagnosisand datamemory
Page
Diagnosis and serviceCANcom /
CANcom GPS
94 - 95
CANmem
96 - 97
CANinterfaceand CANdiagnosis
Diagnosis and service CANview
98 - 99
Side view CR3105
CANcomGSM modem for remote maintenance of mobile machines
GSM frequencybandsMHz
GPSfunction
Onlinedirect
connection
SMSmessages
Deviceconnection(connector)
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
850, 900, 1800, 1900 no yes text M12, SMA 26 1 CR3105
850, 900, 1800, 1900 yes yes text M12, SMA 26 2 CR3106
Common technical data
Housing: aluminiumConnection for PC: 9-pole Sub-D connectorTemperature range: -20...60 °CProtection rating: IP 65Ub: 10...30 V DC (± 10 %)Current consumption: 75 mA(when transmitting 140 mA)Interface: CAN, RS-232CANopen: CiA DS 301 V 4Baud rate: 20...1,000 kbits/sCE, appr. for railway applic. (EN 50155)
You can find scale drawings from page 185
Remote maintenanceand data memory
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
95
Application options
CAN-BUS
big data blocks bidirectional
data unidirectional
data bidirectional
data bidirectional
directmodem
connection
SMS
PC FAX E-Mail mobile
SMSSMS
aerial
CANmem
Data memory on PC card basis
Diagnosis and storage of data are the most frequentrequirements for modern machine concepts for mobileuse.The data memory and logger CANmem is a compactdevice for mobile use that meets these requirements.Due to its widely used PC card and SD card interface,flash and SRAM memories can be used. When usingCANmem as a data memory, the controller can read andwrite directly to the memory cards. The data can be furt-her processed in a PC if necessary.If CANmem is used as a data logger, previously defineddata (CAN messages) are stored on the memory cardused time or event controlled. Due to the internal real-time clock every message receives a time stamp. Thisenables exact evaluation of the saved data later on.With these functions error memories, accident datarecorders (black box) and operational data loggingsystems can be easily designed.
Storage modules designedfor mobile use.
Usable as data logger or externaldata memory.
Exchange of data via PCMCIA or SD/MMC memory card.
Integrated real-time clockfor data protocolling.
Communication via the CAN interface.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
SD memory card 1 GB EC1021
Serial interface cablewith ultra thin plug EC2058
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Diagnosis and service Remote maintenanceand data memory
CANmem
96
Remotediagnosisand datamemory
Page
Diagnosis and serviceCANcom /
CANcom GPS
94 - 95
CANmem
96 - 97
CANinterfaceand CANdiagnosis
Diagnosis and service CANview
98 - 99
Side view CR3101
CANmemData memory and logger
Memorytype
Max.memory
size
Memoryoperating modes
Realtimeclock
Statusdisplay(LEDs)
Deviceconnection(connector)
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
SRAM / Flash 4 MB / 2 GB linear, ring, on address yes 5 M12 27 3 CR3101
Common technical data
Housing: aluminiumConnection for PC: USB socket type Mini Bultra-thin connectorTemperature range: -20...80 °CProtection rating: IP 65Ub: 10...30 V DC (± 10 %)Current consumption: 120 mA (at 24 V DC)Interface: CAN, USBCANopen: CiA DS 301 V 3Baud rate: 20...1,000 kbits/sCE
You can find scale drawings from page 185
Remote maintenanceand data memory
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
97
Application options
CANmem asPC card drive
US
B
PO
WE
R/C
AN
PO
WE
R
order no. CR 3101
CARD ERRORCARD ACCESS
ONERROR
CAN
PC
MC
IA
CANmem asdata memory/ logger
CANview
Overview in the CAN network
CANview is an intelligent and robust interface for con-necting a CAN network to a PC. Due to an easy andclear configuration software CANview can be adaptedto the corresponding PC hardware. It can be used for allifm software packages supporting a VCI CAN interface.CANview can be supplied with RS-232 or USB interface.As for CANview with RS-232 interface the connection ofthe CANview USB to the PC is made by means of a vir-tual COM port. This COM port behaves like a conventio-nal RS-232 interface, supports however the high speedsof the USB interface. The voltage for CANview RS-232 is supplied via the CANbus or an external power supply. CANview USB is supp-lied with voltage via the USB port of the PC. All devicesare electrically isolated from the PC interface.
Device version for field use.
PC interface with RS-232or USB interface.
Status indication viadiagnostic LEDs.
Electrically isolated PC interface.
Easy configuration of thePC software interface.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
CAN communication cable EC2034
Adapter cable for CAN analyser andspring terminal box EC2050
Plug-in power supply EC2059
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Diagnosis and service CAN interfaceand CAN diagnosis
CANview
98
Remotediagnosisand datamemory
Page
Diagnosis and serviceCANcom /
CANcom GPS
94 - 95
CANmem
96 - 97
CANinterfaceand CANdiagnosis
Diagnosis and service CANview
98 - 99
Front view EC2070
CANviewPC interface for programming, diagnosis and service
PCinterface
CANidentifier
(bits)
CAN busconnection(connector)
Terminatingresistor
Statusdisplay(LEDs)
Parametersetting
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
RS-232 11 / 29 Sub-D (9-pole) integrated, switchable 4 via software 28 1 EC2070
USB 11 / 29 Sub-D (9-pole) integrated, switchable 4 via software 28 2 EC2071
Common technical data
Housing: aluminiumCAN connection: 9-pole Sub-D connectorTemperature range: 0...70 °CProtection rating: IP 23Ub: 10...30 V DCCurrent consumption: 300 mA (USB),80 mA (RS-232, 24 V DC)Interface: CANBaud rate: 10...1,000 kbits/sCE
You can find scale drawings from page 186
CAN interfaceand CAN diagnosis
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
99
Screenshot
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Sensors for mobile applications
101
Inclination sensorsInductive sensorsPressure sensors
System descriptionSelection chart
Inclination sensors
Inductive sensors
Sensors with CAN interfaceAnalogue sensors / switches
Inductive efectorm sensors
Pressure sensors
Pressure sensors for mobile hydraulic applications
102 - 107108 - 109
110 - 111112 - 113
114 - 117
118 - 119
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
The 2-axis inclination sensor with CANopen interface enables levelling andangular position detection of mobile machines.Typical applications are for example angle detection of access platforms,levelling of mobile cranes or the set-up of mobile machines working onuneven ground.This is a group of sensors of which the analogue measured value is evalu-ated, standardised and converted into a CANopen message in the sensorelectronics. The structure of the transmitted data is defined via a CANopenprofile, like for the I/O modules. Under the profile number 410, inclinometer,all important parameters and the transmission of the user data are defined.
102
Inclination sensorsIn automation sensors are the “nerves” of the control system. Sensors arealso used in mobile machines and installations. In contrast to the units forindustrial automation, however, sensors for mobile applications have tomeet considerably higher demands. As they are mounted in exposed posi-tions they have to meet special requirements. The protection rating and themechanical resistance are important features. The electrical requirementscan be compared to those of the controllers, I/O modules and dialoguemodules – due to their compact design they are a challenge as regards thecircuit development.Sensors are generally differentiated between units with a built-in CANopeninterface and sensors with binary or analogue output stages which are con-nected directly to controllers or I/O modules.
Inclination sensors with a built-in interface
The measuring cells function according to the conductometric principle. Thechange of conductivity of a liquid is evaluated. Depending on the sensorinclination the electrodes in the liquid are exposed to different degrees ofwetness.This leads to characteristics comparable to that of a potentiometer. Ar-ranging the electrodes crosswise results in the signed values for the twoaxes. The inclination sensor CR2102 additionally has two analogue outputs.For this unit the measured values are additionally indicated as current values4...20 mA.
System description
Sensors for mobile applications
Inclination sensors
Principle of incli-nation sensorswith a built-inCANopen inter-face.analogue
values
parameterdata
interface
measuredvalues
micro-processor
Angle of inclina-tion dependingon the sensoraxis of CR2101.
Y
transverse inclination
mounting surface
+15% –15% X
longitudinal inclination
+15% –15%
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
103
Analogue inclination sensorsThis sensor type is based on a capacitive acceleration sensor which functionslike a capacitor. Depending on the inclination of the sensor a micromasschanges the capacitance of the plate capacitor. This generates a sinusoidaloutput signal. This robust unit is for example suitable for the position detec-tion of loading platforms.
Digital tilt sensorsThe mercury-free tilt sensor has one inclination-dependent switch point. In asmall switching element there are two electrodes which are shorted by theconductive alcoholic liquid if the sensor is tilted. The output stage amplifiesthe output signal. The switching signal can then be used for direct triggeringof controller inputs or loads.
ifm offers sensors for a wide range
of mobile applications.
Inclination sensors
Rotation axis of the inclination
sensor.–45° 0° +45°
Function of thedigital tilt sensor.
output stage
Design of a sensor cell.
R
R
C1
C2
U0
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
104
Inductive sensors take advantage of the physical effect of a change in the qua-lity factor of a resonant circuit caused by eddy current losses in conductivematerials. This is how it works: An LC tuned circuit generates a high-fre-quency electromagnetic field. This field is emitted from the active face of thesensor. If a conductive material passes through this field, eddy currents areformed in accordance with the law of inductance which take energy awayfrom the oscillator. This reduces the oscillation amplitude. This change isconverted into a switching signal. The operating principle permits detectionof all metals irrespective of whether they are moving or not. Important: Thehigh-frequency field causes no measurable heat in the object nor is thereany magnetic interference. So the sensors operate without interaction. Thedistance to the active face at which an electrically conductive material leadsto a signal change in the sensor is called sensing range. The sensing range ofan inductive sensor is defined by means of a target made of mild steel. If thesensor is damped by other metals, e.g. aluminium or copper, it changes. Bymeans of correction factors which exist for every kind of metal the user cancalculate the sensing range expected.
Inductive sensorsIn all automated processes sensors are absolutely necessary to provide theplc with information. They supply the necessary signals on positions, limits orserve as pulse pick-ups for counting tasks or for monitoring rotationalspeed. In comparison with mechanical switches they offer almost ideal con-ditions: operation without contact and wear as well as high switching fre-quencies and accuracy. In addition, they are not affected by vibration, dustand moisture. Inductive proximity switches detect all metals without contact.
Operating principle of inductive sensors
A special series of inductive sensors are the application sensors which arecalled “efectorm”– The “m” stands for modular technology. It is based on anew mechanical concept, new assembly methods and an innovative sealingsystem. It is based on an O ring (made of Viton / EPDM) which is in the frontcap and in the plug area. In addition, these areas are sealed using a specialcast resin. The reinforced housing provides additional mechanical stability. Ahigh degree of automation is reached in manufacturing. This new produc-tion technology provides high quality sensors. During production all compo-nents and the individual production steps are subjected to a continuousfunction check. This severe quality testing guarantees permanent reliableoperation even under extreme conditions. The common feature of thesesensors is an increased sensing range. It permits use where standard unitsmeet their limit.
Modular sensors
Quick set-up:The set-up LED
helps to send the optimum
sensing range.
High-frequencyelectromagneticfield: Theinductive sensordetects all metals.
An inductive sensor serves forposition monito-ring in a hydraulicsystem.
Cable drum of amobile crane: Aninductive sensortype M18 moni-tors and signalsthe end of thecable.
standard setting in practice
adjustment withsetting LED
sensing range [%]80 100
standard sensing rangeincreased Sn safe setting rangeincreased Sn unsafe setting range
In practice that means sensing ranges more than 2.4 timesgreater than using standard sensors.
System description
Sensors for mobile applications
Inductive sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
105
All units have a lasered type label which cannot be lost. The units can beclearly identified even after many years. No sensor leaves the productionwithout a functional test. Furthermore each unit is tested for full sealing.This philosophy is specially rewarding for applications in wet areas. A univer-sal connection technology has been developed so that the user can react tohis customers and markets quickly and easily. The switches can be used as 3-wire or 2-wire units. One unit provides two connection variants.The application sensor for mobile applications is also distinguished by thisnew mechanical concept and the innovative sealing system. Sensor compo-nents like front cap or housing material are adapted to the harsh applicationconditions. The units are designed to ensure highest shock and vibrationresistance. Corrosion-resistant M12 connectors with gold-plated contactsincrease the life of the unit. An outstanding advantage for safe detection isthe increased sensing range. Due to the high sensing range larger fluctua-tions in the detection area, caused by mechanical tolerances in the vehiclesfor example, can be better compensated for. This helps to prevent the sen-sor from being damaged. The increased sensing range is of course valid overthe complete temperature range of -40...85 °C and the units are insensitiveto quick temperature changes.A voltage range of 10...60 V for mobile sensors ensures that large fluctua-tions of the on-board supply do not impair the function. To meet the in-creasing EMC requirements in the mobile area the efectorm units have anincreased EMC resistance of 100 V/m.
Inductive sensors
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
106
The most important element of the sensor is the ceramic pressure measuringcell made of aluminium oxide (Al203). It has a disk made of aluminium oxidewith a layer of gold resinate (thick layer paste) at the inside. This gold layerforms a measuring electrode and a reference electrode on the aluminiumoxide disk. The counterpart is a second disk of aluminium oxide to whichanother gold layer is applied. This layer forms a second measuring electrode.Aluminium oxide is used in view of its excellent chemical resistance to highstrain and its high resistance to pressure peaks. The two disks are connectedby means of a glass frit with the electrode layers being opposite each other.The distance is approximately 10 μm. After assembly the structure of theceramic cell is similar to a plate capacitor. The capacitance is invertly propor-tional to the distance between the electrodes. If this distance changes by asmall value I because the pressure applied to the cell rises, the capacitance ischanged by C.C+C= 1/ I+IThis shows that the ratio between pressure changes and capacitance (C) islinear if the pressure is proportional to the distance (I). The distance betweenthe electrodes is determined with a constant loading process. The capacitoris loaded by a current source over a certain period of time. The current differ-ence at the beginning and at the end of the loading process is a measure ofthe deflection of the diaphragm. To compensate for interference and toimprove the ratio signal / interference, the signal difference is determined onthe basis of the measuring and reference electrodes. This signal is then pro-cessed by a microprocessor.
Pressure sensorsThe ifm pressure sensors have been developed for monitoring the systempressure in hydraulic and pneumatic applications. Mobile applications can-not be imagined without pressure sensors either. ifm offers a series of differ-ent types for the different applications. All units have one thing in common:They have a one-piece housing and need no moving parts such as pistons orsprings. The result: The sensors are robust against mechanical influence andwork completely without wear and tear or fatigue. The sensor has a ceramic measuring cell. The advantage of this material: It isresistant to corrosion and absolutely long-term stable. In the long run thisguarantees a continuous accuracy of the measured values. ifm sensors arealso resistant to dynamic pressure peaks and have a high overload resis-tance.They are resistant to pressure peaks which typically occur on fast closing valves. In view of the resistance to impact and vibration the electronicsensor components are mounted on a flexible film instead of on a rigid printed circuit board.
Pressure sensorson a valve unit.
The ceramic measuring cell:
In case of overload the diaphragm is supported by the base. This
provides securityin case of
extreme strain.
pressuremeasuring cell
diaphragmelectrodes
ceramics
Operating principle
System description
Sensors for mobile applications
Pressure sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
107
Easy set-upFor sensors with switching output the switch-on point and the switch-offpoint can be set to any value within the operating range independent ofeach other before the sensor is mounted. With this feature – called adjust-able hysteresis – one single sensor can for example monitor two pressurevalues and give a signal if the current value is above or below the presetvalue at one of the two switching outputs. Damping and delay times can befreely selected by the user. After programming of the switch points the usercan lock the sensors electronically against unauthorised access.
PP-series: Separate display /
programmingunit.
In mobile hydraulic applications abruptly switching valves can lead to pres-sure spikes which are much higher than the operating pressure. In particularload monitoring requires the highest reliability. Quick and precise responseof the sensor is as indispensable for the protection of the process as clearand easy setting of the sensor. The highly resistant measuring cell can with-stand extremely harsh operating conditions. The electronics allow quick andprecise conversion of the sensor signal into switch points.The new PP75 units of the mobile series are specially adapted to this use. A special feature of the pressure switches is the e1 type approval by theKraftfahrt Bundesamt (German Federal Office for Motor Traffic). The sensoris designed to have a high EMC and shock resistance. The pressure sensors often have to be mounted at places which are difficultto access in the vehicle or machine. Programming and reading of the valueson site are difficult. The solution: Sensors of the PP series with EPS interface.Pressure sensor and control monitor are located in the sensor housing onsite. Programming is performed using the programming unit (PP2000) whichis connected to the sensor by a cable. The sensors can be set by Teach button directly at the measuring point with medium pressure being applied.The current medium pressure applied is stored as measured switch point. As feedback for the successfully terminated operation the pressure switchgives an output signal which is confirmed by the LED lighting on the Teachbutton. This easy type of setting can also be activated or made by a remotebutton in a central operating panel or even automated by a plc. In addition,PP2000 can also be used as remote display. An electronic lock protectsagainst unauthorised access to the configuration.
Pressure switches for mobile hydraulic applications
Pressure sensors
Selection chart
Sensors for mobile applications
Inclination sensorsInductive sensorsPressure sensors
108
+/- 15˚Inclinometer
Inclination sensor
110– – • M12 plug
+/- 45˚ 110– • • M12 plug
+/- 90˚ 112– • – cable
+/- 90˚ 112– • – cable
Inclination sensor, pigtail M12
Standard series
4...22 mm(UB = 10...36 V) 116• – – cable or connector
Standard series
4 mm(UB = 10...36 V) 116• – – cable
High-end series
4...22 mm(UB = 10...60 V) 114• – – cable or connector
Tilt switch
2,5...5˚ 112• – – cable
Inclination sensors
Inductive sensors
Type Operating range Connection PageOutput signal
analoguedigital CAN bus
+/- 20˚ 112– • – pigtail with M12 plug
+/- 90˚ 112– • – pigtail with M12 plug
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Inclination sensorsInductive sensorsPressure sensors
109
Type Operating range Connection PageOutput signal
analoguedigital CAN bus
0...400 bar
type PP75..
118• – – M12 connector
Pressure sensors
Pressure transmitter
0...600 bar – 1 x4...20 mA – M12 connector
type PA30..
118
0...600 bar – 1 x0...10 V – M12 connector
type PA90..
118
Inclinometers
2-axis inclination sensor
The automation of vehicles and mobile machines can nolonger be imagined without controller electronics andsensors. Often the horizontal alignment of machines ormachine parts is an important requirement for reliableoperation. Typical examples are mobile cranes or accessplatforms.The inclinometer detects precisely the deviations of thetwo measurement axes (X and Y direction). As the sen-sor must often be mounted at difficult positions in thevehicle, special attention has been given to the mecha-nical and electrical properties of the sensor during deve-lopment. The high accuracy is achieved with measuringcells which operate to the conductometric principle. Thechange in conductivity of a liquid is determined. Depen-ding on the sensor inclination the electrodes are sur-rounded by a different level of liquid. This results in abehaviour comparable to that of a potentiometer. Dueto a suitable arrangement of the electrodes the signedvalues for the two axes are obtained.
Parameter setting of the displayresolution via the CAN bus.
Compact and robust design.
Signal output via CAN or via twoanalogue current interfaces.
CAN interface with CANopen protocol.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Adapter cable for CAN deviceswith M12 connector (5-pole) EC2062
Socket M128-pole, straight, 2 m E80021
Socket M128-pole, angled, 2 m E80022
Socket M12wirable, 5-pole, straight E11511
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Sensors formobile applications
Inclination sensors
Sensors with CAN interface
110
Inclinationsensors
Page
Sensors for mobile applications
Sensorswith CANinterface
110 - 111
Analoguesensors /switches
112 - 113
Inductivesensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Inductiveefector m
sensors
114 - 117
Application example
InclinometerZero point levelling and position detection of mobile machines
Angularrange
Numberof axes
Resolution /accuracy
Interface Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
±15° 2 0.001° / 0.025° CAN M12 27 1 CR2101
±45° 2 0.1° / 0.5° analogue / CAN M12 29 2 CR2102
Common technical data
Housing: aluminiumTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Ub: 10...32 V DCCurrent consumption: 80 mA (at 24 V DC)Interface: CANCANopen: CiA DS 301 V 3 (V 4 CR2102)
profile WDP 410Baud rate: 20...1,000 Kbits/sCE, e1 (only CR2102)
You can find scale drawings from page 187
Pressuresensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic
applications
118 - 119
Inclination sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
111
Block diagram CR2101
8-bitμController
EEPROM
CAN
3
1
4
2
sensorhybrid
clock
+UB
reset
+UB5
Block diagram CR2102
16-bitμController
EEPROMCAN
clock
+UB
reset
Iout-X IU
AD
Iout-Y GALclock generator
sensor
A
D
MUX
IU
AD
Inclination sensors
Inclination detection
The automation of vehicles and mobile machines can nolonger be imagined without controller electronics andsensors. Often the horizontal alignment of machines ormachine parts is an important requirement for reliableoperation. Typical applications are cranes, access plat-forms or outriggers.The micromechanics of the integrated capacitive measu-ring cell responds to the gravitational acceleration. Thisgenerates a sinusoidal analogue signal which dependson the inclination. The sensor outputs supply the outputsignal as voltage or current value depending on thedevice.If only a switch point is to be detected, the mercury-freetilt switch is used. Due to its design it has the same goodswitching characteristics as a conventional mercuryswitch. But due to the harmless filling of the switchingelement with alcohol it has considerable ecologicaladvantages in case of damage or disposal.
Easy and reliable handling.
Compact and robust design.
Wide angle range.
Signal output as digital or analoguesignal depending on the sensor type.
High protection rating IP 67.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Wirable plug M12, 4-pole E11504
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Sensors formobile applications
Inclination sensors
Analogue sensors / switches
112
Inclinationsensors
Page
Sensors for mobile applications
Sensorswith CANinterface
110 - 111
Analoguesensors /switches
112 - 113
Inductivesensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Inductiveefector m
sensors
114 - 117
Application example
Inclination sensorsDigital or analogue signal output
Angular range /switchinghysteresis
Supplyvoltage
Numberof axes
Repeatability Interface Outputsignal
Deviceconnec-
tion
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Inclination sensors
±90° 15...30 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 0...10 V cable 36 3 EC2019
±90° 8...30 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 0.5...4.5 V cable 36 3 EC2045
±20° 11...15 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 4...20 mA M12 30 3 EC2060
±90° 20...30 V DC 1 0.1° analogue 4...20 mA M12 30 3 EC2082
Mercury-free inclination switch
2.5...5° 10...30 V DC 1 0.2° digital – cable 37 4 EC2061
Common technical data
Housing: plasticTemperature range: -30...80 °CProtection rating: IP 67Short-circuit and overload protectionCE
You can find scale drawings from page 187
Pressuresensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic
applications
118 - 119
Inclination sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
113
Output graph EC2019
10,00
8,00
6,00
4,00
2,00
angle °
outp
ut v
olta
ge
9,00
7,00
5,00
3,00
1,00
0,00
–80
–90
–70
–60
–50
–40
–30
–20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Inductive efector msensors
Inductive sensors for extreme applications
The new efector m units with increased sensing rangeof the mobile series are specially adapted for use in vehi-cles.The e1 type approval of the German Federal Office forMotor Traffic certifies that the units comply with theautomotive standards and can therefore be installed onvehicles without invalidating their operating permit.The units with stainless steel housings pass environmen-tal tests without problem, for example salt spray test,temperature / humidity cycles, continuous shocks andvibrations.The permissible application range of the sensors covers -40...85 °C. Furthermore, the units are insensitive torapid temperature changes.The sensors of the mobile efector m series are distin-guished by their superb ingress resistance and withstandeven high-pressure cleaning without problem. This isevidenced by the protection rating IP 69 K.A voltage range of 10...60 V ensures that even highfluctuations in the on-board supply system do not causeany problems.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Increased temperature rangefrom -40...85 °C.
IP 69 K and IP 67: Ingress-resistant even under severe environmental.
Increased EMC resistance: 100 V/maccording to automotive standards.
Wide voltage range of 10...60 V DCand increased sensing range.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Mounting clamp M12 E11047
Mounting clamp M18 E11048
Mounting clamp M30 E11049
Angle bracket M12 x 1 E10735
Angle bracket M18 x 1 E10736
Angle bracket M30 x 1.5 E10737
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Sensors formobile applications
Inductive sensors
Inductive efector m sensors
114
Inclinationsensors
Page
Sensors for mobile applications
Sensorswith CANinterface
110 - 111
Analoguesensors /switches
112 - 113
Inductivesensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Inductiveefector m
sensors
114 - 117
Application example
Inductive efector m sensors3-wire DC PNP
Dimensions
[mm]
Sensingrange[mm]
Ub
[V]
Protectionrating
f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Udrop
[V]
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
M12 connector · output function
M12 / L = 70 4 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 600 200 < 2.5 38 1 IFM205
M12 / L = 70 7 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 400 200 < 2.5 38 2 IFM206
M18 / L = 70 8 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 38 3 IGM204
M18 / L = 70 12 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 38 4 IGM205
M30 / L = 70 12 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 38 5 IIM208
M30 / L = 70 22 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 38 6 IIM209
PUR cable, 6 m · output function
M12 / L = 80 4 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 600 200 < 2.5 39 7 IFM209
M12 / L = 80 7 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 400 200 < 2.5 39 8 IFM210
M18 / L = 80 8 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 39 9 IGM206
M18 / L = 80 12 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 100 200 < 2.5 39 10 IGM207
M30 / L = 80 12 f 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 39 11 IIM210
M30 / L = 80 22 nf 10...60 IP 67 / IP 69 K 50 200 < 2.5 39 12 IIM211
You can find scale drawings from page 188
Pressuresensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic
applications
118 - 119
Inductive sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
115
Inductive efector msensors
Robust iductive sensors for mobile use
The new efector m units with increased sensing rangeof the mobile series are specially adapted for use in vehi-cles. The sensor is designed so that it meets the highestdemands.The e1 type approval of the German Federal Office forMotor Traffic certifies that the units comply with theautomotive standards and can therefore be installed onvehicles without invalidating their operating permit.For the design special attention has been given to resi-stance to the most important environmental influences.The units pass environmental tests without problem, forexample salt spray test, temperature / humidity cycles,continuous shocks and vibrations.The sensors in round design are distinguished by theirhigh ingress resistance and withstand even high-pressu-re cleaning without problem. This is evidenced by theprotection rating IP 69 K. The permissible temperaturerange covers -40...85 °C. The rectangular switches aredistinguished by their high current rating.
e1 type approval of the GermanFederal Office for Motor Traffic.
Increased temperature rangefrom -40...85 °C.
IP 67: Ingress-resistant even undersevere environmental conditions.
Rectangular design with 2 Acurrent rating.
Robust design for mobile use withhigh shock and vibration resistance.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Mounting clamp M12 E11047
Mounting clamp M18 E11048
Mounting clamp M30 E11049
Angle bracket M12 x 1 E10735
Angle bracket M18 x 1 E10736
Angle bracket M30 x 1.5 E10737
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Sensors formobile applications
Inductive sensors
Inductive efector m sensors
116
Inclinationsensors
Page
Sensors for mobile applications
Sensorswith CANinterface
110 - 111
Analoguesensors /switches
112 - 113
Inductivesensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Inductiveefector m
sensors
114 - 117
Application example
Inductive efector m proximity switches3-wire DC PNP
Dimensions
[mm]
Sensingrange[mm]
Ub
[V]
Protectionrating
f
[Hz]
Iload
[mA]
Udrop
[V]
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
M12 connector · output function
M12 / L = 70 4 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 600 100 < 2.5 38 1 IFM203
M12 / L = 70 7 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 100 < 2.5 38 2 IFM204
M18 / L = 70 8 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 38 3 IGM200
M18 / L = 70 12 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 38 4 IGM201
M30 / L = 70 12 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 38 5 IIM200
M30 / L = 70 22 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 38 6 IIM201
PUR cable, 6 m · output function
M12 / L = 80 4 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 600 100 < 2.5 39 7 IFM207
M12 / L = 80 7 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 400 100 < 2.5 39 8 IFM208
M18 / L = 80 8 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 39 9 IGM202
M18 / L = 80 12 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 200 100 < 2.5 39 10 IGM203
M30 / L = 80 12 f 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 39 11 IIM202
M30 / L = 80 22 nf 10...36 IP 67 / IP 69K 100 100 < 2.5 39 12 IIM203
PUR cable, 3 m · output function
40 x 12 x 36 4 nf 10...36 IP 67 70 2.000 < 4 40 13 IN5281
PUR cable, 3 m · output function
40 x 12 x 36 4 nf 10...36 IP 67 70 2.000 < 4 41 13 IN5282
You can find scale drawings from page 188
Pressuresensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic
applications
118 - 119
Inductive sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
117
Pressure sensors
Pressure sensors type PPxx
In mobile hydraulic applications abruptly switching val-ves can lead to pressure spikes which are much higherthan the operating pressure. Quick and precise responseof the sensor is as indispensable for the protection ofthe process as clear and easy setting.The highly resistant measuring cell withstands extremestress. The sensor signal is converted into switch pointsquickly and precisely by the electronics. Easy and precisesetting of the switch points is possible even withoutsystem pressure.Programming from normally closed to normally open ispossible at any time. Damping and delay times are free-ly selectable by the user.The optional programming unit turns a simple pressureswitch into an intelligent sensor. It is used to transfer theset parameters to any number of pressure switches. Set-up is very simple due to the temporarily connected pro-gramming unit.
Pressure sensor type PA3060.
M12 connector for quickand reliable connection.
Easy change of the basic settingby programming modules.
Highest shock and vibration resistance.
Excellent EMC resistanceup to 150 V/m.
Reliable operation and lowbuying price.
Connectors and splitter boxes
Type Description Orderno.
Programming and display unitfor EPS sensors PP2001
Jumper M12-plug / M12-socket, 2 m EVT043
Further connectors and splitter boxes are availablestarting on page 129Further accessories are available starting on page 139
Sensors formobile applications
Pressure sensors Pressure sensors for mobilehydraulic applications
118
Inclinationsensors
Page
Sensors for mobile applications
Sensorswith CANinterface
110 - 111
Analoguesensors /switches
112 - 113
Inductivesensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Inductiveefector m
sensors
114 - 117
Application example
Electronic pressure sensorType PPxx: Teach, NO or NC function programmableType PAxx: Analogue output 4...20 mA or 0...10 V
Measuringrange[bar]
Poverloadmax.[bar]
Pburstingmin.[bar]
Set pointSP1[bar]
Reset pointrP1
[bar]
Stepincrement
[bar]
Protectionrating
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
M12 connector · Output function 2 x no / nc programmable or 1 x no / nc programmable + 1 x norm. closed (diagnostic function)
0...400 600 1000 4...400 2...398 2 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7550
0...250 400 850 2...250 1...249 1 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7551
0...100 300 650 1.0...100.0 0.5...99.5 0.5 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7552
0...25 150 350 0.2...25.0 0.1...24.9 0.1 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7553
-1...10 75 150 -0.90...10.00 -0.95...9.95 0.05 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7554
0...2.5 20 5 0.02...2.50 0.01...2.49 0.01 IP 68 / IP 69K 42 1 PP7556
M12 connector · Output function 4...20 mA analogue
0...600 800 1200 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 2 PA3060
0...400 600 1000 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 2 PA3020
0...250 400 850 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 3 PA3021
0...100 300 650 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 43 3 PA3022
0...25 150 350 – – – IP 65 43 3 PA3023
0...10 75 150 – – – IP 65 43 3 PA3024
0...2.5 20 50 – – – IP 65 43 3 PA3026
M12 connector · Output function 0...10 V analogue
0...600 800 1200 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 3 PA9060
0...400 600 1000 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 2 PA9020
0...250 400 850 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 3 PA9021
0...100 300 650 – – – IP 68 / IP 69K 44 3 PA9022
0...25 150 350 – – – IP 65 44 3 PA9023
0...10 75 150 – – – IP 65 44 3 PA9024
0...2.5 20 50 – – – IP 65 44 3 PA9026
Common technical data
Ub PPxx: 9.6...36 V DC Ub PA3xx: 9,6...32 V DCUb PA9xx: 16...32 V DCCurrent rating PPxx: 2 x 250 mACurrent consumption PPxx: < 45 mA Switch point accuracy PPxx: < 0.5 %Materials (wetted parts): ceramics,stainless steel (303S21), FPM (Viton)Shock resistance PPxx: 1,000 gShock resistance PAxx: 20 gVibration resistance: 20 g (10...2,000 Hz)Further data: www.ifm.com
You can find scale drawings from page 190
Pressuresensors
Sensors for mobile applications
Pressure sensorsfor mobilehydraulic
applications
118 - 119
Pressure sensors
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
119
PWM / analogue, current, DC/DC converters 126 - 127
System descriptionSelection chart
122 - 123124
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Signal converters
121
Frequency, currentand voltage converters
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
The PWM / analogue converters change the present PWM signal into ananalogue output. These units are for example used for the triggering of valves which cannot directly evaluate a PWM signal. The internal circuitry ofthe converter smoothes the PWM signals and generates an output voltagewhich is proportional to the mark to space ratio.
122
IntroductionIf the user wants to connect sensors or actuators to a controller or input /output module which does not provide the suitable output or trigger signal,signal converters are used. They are problem solvers for special input / out-put applications.The converter components from the ecomatmobile range are offered asopen pcbs or in a potted housing.
The output voltage is dependent upon the PWM signal.
UB UOUT
UB UOUT
15% on 85% off
70% on 30% off
PWM / analogue converters
System descriptionSignal converters Frequency, current
and voltage converters
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
123
CurrentControl ModuleFor special current-regulated or current-controlled actuators the output cur-rent is measured and read via the analogue inputs of the controller R360.The CurrentControl module detects the measured current and provides it asan input signal. These modules are mainly for the control of hydraulicmotors. As the control currents of these aggregates are usually very low themeasured current is limited to max. 200 mA. The control function is im-plemented in the application program.
If the ratiometric inputs of the R360 cannot be used and a constant supplyvoltage, e.g. for joysticks or potentiometers, is needed, the DC/DC convertercan be used. Independent of the input supply (within the permissible opera-ting voltage range) the DC/DC converter generates a constant output volt-age. At the same time there is an electrical separation.
Block diagram of theCurrentControlModule.1
2
3
4
5
PWM OUT
analogue IN
GND
load (+)
load (-)
DC/DC converterwith electricalseparation.
18-36 V DC 10 V DC
Frequency, current and voltage converters
Selection chart
124
Signal converters Frequency, currentand voltage converters
• – – terminals
• – – pigtails
– • – pigtails
• – • cage clamps
Signal converters
PWM / analogue converter
126
PWM / analogue converter
126
DC/DC converter
126
Current transformer
126
Type Connection PageFunction
PWM /analogue converter
DC/DCconverter
Currenttransformer
125
Frequency, currentand voltage converters
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Signal converter
Versatile solutions
The converter modules enable adaptation of process sig-nals when the inputs or outputs of the mobile controllerR360 are not directly compatible with triggering hydrau-lic valves and drives.The PWM / analogue converters convert the presentPWM signal into an analogue output signal. These devi-ces are mainly used for triggering valves which cannotdirectly evaluate a PWM signal. These valves are oftendirectly controlled by analogue joysticks when themachine is designed conventionally.For special current-controlled actuators (e.g. hydraulicdrives) the measured value is read via the analogueinputs of the R360. The CurrentControl module detectsthe measured current and provides it as input signal.Further processing is then carried out in the applicationprogram.
Easy to use.
Compact design.
Field or panel mounting.
Constant output signals.
If the ratiometric inputs of the R360 cannot be used anda constant supply voltage is needed, e.g. for joysticks,the DC/DC converter can be used. It supplies a constantoutput voltage of 10 V DC even in case of voltage fluc-tuations.
Signal converters Frequency, currentand voltage converters PWM / analogue, current,
DC/DC converters
126
Frequency,currentand voltageconverters
Page
Signal converters
PWM / analogue,current, DC/DC
converters
126 - 127
CR3001 / CR3002 EC2025 EC2049
Signal converterAdaptation of process signals
Function Supplyvoltage
Design Outputsignal
Deviceconnection
Wiringdiagram
no.
Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
PWM / analogue converter
PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC PCB 0...5 V screw terminals 31 1 CR3001
PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC PCB 0...10 V screw terminals 32 1 CR3002
PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC housing 0...5 V connection wires 33 2 CR3003
PWM / analogue converter 24 V DC housing 0...10 V connection wires 34 2 CR3004
DC / DC converter
stab. supply voltage 18...36 V DC housing 10 V connection wires 35 3 EC2025
Current converter
series element PWM signal module IP 20 < 200 mA cage clamps – 4 EC2049
You can find scale drawings from page 191
Frequency, currentand voltage converters
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
127
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Connection technology
129
M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
SocketsPlugsJumper cables
130 - 131132 - 133134 - 136
Type Cable Wirespecification
Materialhousing /
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-tection
Goldcon-tacts
LEDs Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Group 1 · Socket M12, 4-pole, 4-wire
2 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 1 EVC001
5 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 1 EVC002
10 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 1 EVC003
2 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 2 EVC004
5 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 2 EVC005
10 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 2 EVC006
Group 2 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire, CAN
2 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 3 E11596
5 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 3 E11597
Group 3 · Terminating resistor socket M12, 5-pole, CAN
– – TPU /brass – -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 4 E11589
Group 4 · Socket M12, 5-pole
wirable ...0,75 mm2
(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass
125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 5 E11511
Group 5 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire
5 m orangePVC
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 5,1 mmPVC /
stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 6 EVT010
10 m orangePVC
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 5,1 mmPVC /
stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 6 EVT011
25 m orangePVC
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 5,1 mmPVC /
stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 6 EVT012
5 m orangePVC
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 5,1 mmPVC /
stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 7 EVT013
10 m orangePVC
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 5,1 mmPVC /
stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 7 EVT014
25 m orangePVC
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 5,1 mmPVC /
stainless steel30 AC36 DC -25...100 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 7 EVT015
Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Sockets
130
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Type Cable Wirespecification
Materialhousing /
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-tection
Goldcon-tacts
LEDs Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Group 5 · Socket M12, 5-pole, 5-wire
2 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 8 EVC070
5 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 8 EVC071
10 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 8 EVC072
2 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 9 EVC073
5 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 9 EVC074
10 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 9 EVC075
Group 6 · Socket M12, 8-pole, 8-wire
2 m orangePUR 8 x 0,25 mm2 TPU /
brass30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 10 E80021
2 m PUR 8 x 0,25 mm2 TPU /
brass30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 67 – – 11 E80022
M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
131
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Type Cable Wirespecification
Materialhousing /
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-tection
Goldcon-tacts
LEDs Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Group 7 · Plug M12, 4-pole, 4-wire
2 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 12 EVC076
5 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 12 EVC077
10 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 12 EVC078
2 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 13 EVC079
5 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 13 EVC080
10 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 13 EVC081
Group 8 · Plug M12, 5-pole, 5-wire, CAN
2 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 14 E11598
5 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 14 E11599
Group 9 · Terminating resistor plug M12, 5-pole, CAN
– – TPU /brass – -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 15 E11590
Group 10 · Plug M12, 4-pole
wireable ...0,75 mm2
(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass
250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 16 E11504
wireable ...0,75 mm2
(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass
250AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 17 E11505
Group 11 · Plug M12, 5-pole
wireable ...0,75 mm2
(Ø 4...6 mm)PA /brass
125AC/DC -25...100 IP 68 • – 18 E11506
Group 12 · Plug M12, 5-pole, 4-wire
2 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 5 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 19 EVC095
Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Plugs
132
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Type Cable Wirespecification
Materialhousing /
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-tection
Goldcon-tacts
LEDs Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Group 13 · Plug M12, 5-pole, 5-wire
2 m blackPUR
5 x 0,5 mm2
Ø 5 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 20 EVC094
M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
133
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Type Cable Wirespecification
Materialhousing /
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-tection
Goldcon-tacts
LEDs Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Group 14 · Jumper M12, 4-pole, 4-wire
0,3 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 21 EVC010
0,6 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 21 EVC011
1 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 21 EVC012
2 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 21 EVC013
5 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 21 EVC014
0,3 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 22 EVC015
0,6 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 22 EVC016
1 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 22 EVC017
2 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 22 EVC018
5 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 22 EVC019
0,3 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 23 EVC030
0,6 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 23 EVC031
1 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 23 EVC032
2 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 23 EVC033
5 m blackPUR
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
250 AC300 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 23 EVC034
Group 15 · Jumper M12 / DIN A, 3/4-pole, 3-wire, LED
0,3 m blackPUR
3 x 0,5 mm2
Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11416
0,6 m blackPUR
3 x 0,5 mm2
Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11417
1 m blackPUR
3 x 0,5 mm2
Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11418
2 m blackPUR
3 x 0,5 mm2
Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11419
5 m blackPUR
3 x 0,5 mm2
Ø 5 mmPUR /brass 24 AC/DC -25...80 IP 67 – yellow 24 E11420
Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Jumper cables
134
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Type Cable Wirespecification
Materialhousing /
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-tection
Goldcon-tacts
LEDs Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Group 16 · Jumper M12 plug / valve plug type A (according to DIN 43650) for current controlling
0,75 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /
brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11277
1 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /
brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11187
2 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /
brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11622
3 m PUR 2 x 0,75 mm2 TPU /
brass 24 AC/DC -40...90 IP 67 / IP 69 K – – 25 E11949
Group 17 · jumper M12 plug, 4-pole / M12 socket, 4-pole, 4-wire
2 m orangePVC
4 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmPVC /
stainless steel250 AC300 DC -25...100 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 26 EVT043
Group 18 · Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire, CAN
0,3 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 27 E11591
1 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 27 E11592
2 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 27 E11593
5 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 27 E11594
10 m blackPUR
2 x 0,25 mm2
+ 2 x 0,34 mm2TPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -40...90 IP 67 /
IP 69 K • – 27 E11595
Group 19 · Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire,
0,3 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 28 EVC055
0,6 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 28 EVC056
1 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 28 EVC057
2 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 28 EVC058
5 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 28 EVC059
0,3 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 29 EVC060
0,6 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 29 EVC061
1 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 29 EVC062
M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
135
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Type Cable Wirespecification
Materialhousing /
nut
U
[V]
Ta
[°C]
Pro-tection
Goldcon-tacts
LEDs Draw-ingno.
Orderno.
Group 19 · Jumper M12, 5-pole, 5-wire,
2 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 29 EVC063
5 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 29 EVC064
0,3 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 30 EVC065
0,6 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 30 EVC066
1 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 30 EVC067
2 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 30 EVC068
5 m blackPUR
5 x 0,34 mm2
Ø 4,9 mmTPU /brass
30 AC36 DC -25...90 IP 68 /
IP 69K • – 30 EVC069
Group 20 · M12 plug / M12 plug, 4-pole, 4-wire, Ethernet
10 m greenPVC cable 4 x 0.34 mm2 TPU /
diecast zinc250
AC/DC -20...60 IP 67 / IP69K • – 31 E21137
2 m greenPVC cable 4 x 0.34 mm2 TPU /
diecast zinc250
AC/DC -20...60 IP 67 / IP69K • – 31 E21138
5 m greenPVC cable 4 x 0.34 mm2 TPU /
diecast zinc250
AC/DC -20...60 IP 67 / IP69K • – 31 E21139
Connection technology M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Jumper cables
136
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
M12 connectors for sensorsand actuators
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
137
Accessories
139
Accessories for control systems
Connection technology for control systemsAccessories for M12 CompactModules and displaysAccessories for diagnosis, remote maintenance and sensorsProtection devices and documentation
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
140 - 144146 - 148150 - 151
152
Illustration Description Orderno.
Cable with connectorfor process and dialogue modules PDM360 EC2068
Cable with connectorfor process and dialogue modules PDM360 EC2077
Cable with connectorfor process and dialogue modules PDM360 EC2081
Patch cable Cross-over patch cable for the direct connection of process and
dialogue modules PDM 360 to a PC Ethernet interfaceEC2080
Accessories Accessories for control systems Connection technologyfor control systems
140
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
JumperEthernet E11898
Connector AMP 55-polewired, 1.2 m
cores sealed individuallyEC2084
Connector AMP 55-polewired, 2.5 m EC2046
Connector AMP 55-polewired, 1.2 m EC2086
Connector AMP 55-polewirable EC2013
Accessories for control systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
141
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
Plug set for CabinetModule CR2012 / CR2014wirable EC2053
Plug set for CabinetController CR0301 / CR0302wirable EC2075
Plug set for CR2016 EC2089
Plug set for CR0303 EC2090
Cable with connectorAMP 6-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1520
Cable with connectorAMP 10-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1521
Accessories Accessories for control systems Connection technologyfor control systems
142
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
Cable with connectorAMP 14-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1522
Cable with connectorAMP 18-pole, wired, 1.2 m EC1523
Adapter cablefor CAN analyser
and spring terminal box9-pole D-SUB (female)
EC2050
Adapter cable for CAN devices with M12 connector (5 pole)e.g. CANmem, CANcom or inclination sensors EC2062
Plug for Danfoss PWM valves EC2056
Accessories for control systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
143
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
Plug for Danfoss PWM valves / M12 connector, 0.3 m EC2088
CAN communication cablecable length 2 m
interface 9-pole D-SUB (female)EC2034
Spring terminal boxAccessory for simulator
and starter setEC2032
Serial interface cable2 x 9-pole D-SUB (female) EC2063
Accessories Accessories for control systems Connection technologyfor control systems
144
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
USB cableltyep A to type mini B EC2058
RS-232 Programming adapterwith gender changer for pin-socket conversion EC2076
Programming cable for CabinetController CR0303 EC2091
Accessories for control systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
145
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
Protective cap, M12pack quantity = 10 pcs. E73004
Snap in setFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1052, CR1053, CR1054,
CR1060, CR1070, CR1071EC1452
Fixing setFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1052, CR1053, CR1054,
CR1060, CR1070, CR1071EC1453
Mounting baseFor order No. CR1050,
CR1051 in use with cable EC2081EC2083
Accessories Accessories for control systems Accessories for M12compact modules and displays
146
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
Mounting plateFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1052, CR1053, CR1054,
CR1060, CR1070, CR1071, EC1411, EC1412, EC1413, CR1060EC1410
Mounting arm short , 90 mm EC1411
Mounting arm standard, 144 mm EC1412
Mounting arm long, 231 mm EC1413
Accessories for control systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
147
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
sealingFor order No. CR1052, CR1053, CR1055,
CR1056, CR1070, CR1071EC1450
sealingFor order No. CR1050, CR1051, CR1060 EC1451
Accessories Accessories for control systems Accessories for M12compact modules and displays
148
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Accessories for control systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
149
Illustration Description Orderno.
plug-in power supplyFor order No. CR3101, CR1050, CR1051, EC2070 EC2059
CANcom GSM planar aerialFor order No. CR3105, CR3106 EC2092
CANcom GPS planar aerialFor order No. CR3106 EC2093
SD memory cardFor order No. CR3101 EC1021
CAN analyser EC2036
Accessories Accessories for control systems Accessories for diagnosis,remote maintenance and sensors
150
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Illustration Description Orderno.
Programming and display unit for EPS sensors PP2001
Mounting clamp for types M18 E11048
Mounting clamp for types M30 E11049
Angle bracket for types M12 E10735
Angle bracket for types M18 E10736
Angle bracket for types M30 E10737
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Accessories for control systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
151
Illustration Description Orderno.
Load-Dump-Module 12 V DC EC2015
Load-Dump-Module 24 V DC EC2016
Protection devicesand documentation
152
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Accessories Accessories for control systems
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
153
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Technical informationand customer service
155
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
ifm information and ordering service
Other ifm productsInternet serviceCustomer serviceOrdering serviceAddresses
Scale drawings
Mobile controllersI/O modulesDialogue modulesDiagnosis and serviceSensors for mobile applicationsSignal convertersConnectors and splitter boxes
Technical glossary
Control systems
156 - 178
202 - 205206 - 207
208209
210 - 211
180 - 181182 - 183
184185 - 186187 - 190
191192 - 195
196 - 200
1 CR0020, CR0200 (2 x)
note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs
pin
23
05
34
01
15
12
wiringpotential
VBBS (10...32 V DC)
VBBO (10...32 V DC)
VBBR (10...32 V DC)
GNDS
GNDO
GNDA
description
supply sensors and module
supply outputs
supply via relay
ground sensors and module
ground outputs
ground analogue outputs
note
relay switched (1)
relay switched (2)
pin
14
32
26
25
33
06
07
13
24
CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential
CAN 1H
CAN 1L
CAN 2H
CAN 2L
GND
RxD
TxD
ERROR
TEST
description
CAN interface 1 (high)
CAN interface 1 (low)
CAN interface 2 (high)
CAN interface 2 (low)
ground (RS-232/CAN)
RS 232 interface (programming)
RS 232 interface (programming)
error output BH
test input
note
SAE J 1939
SAE J 1939
pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
pin
08
27
09
28
10
29
11
30
44
45
46
47
20
02
21
38
36
54
17
53
19
55
18
37
39
03
40
22
41
42
43
04
48
49
31
50
51
52
16
35
inputs/outputsinputs
%IX0.00 / %IW03
%IX0.01 / %IW04
%IX0.02 / %IW05
%IX0.03 / %IW06
%IX0.04 / %IW07
%IX0.05 / %IW08
%IX0.06 / %IW09
%IX0.07 / %IW10
%IX0.08
%IX0.09
%IX0.10
%IX0.11
%IX0.12
%IX0.13
%IX0.14
%IX0.15
%IX1.00
%IX1.01
%IX1.02
%IX1.03
%IX1.04
%IX1.05
%IX1.06
%IX1.07
%IX1.08
%IX1.09
%IX1.10
%IX1.11
%IX1.12
%IX1.13
%IX1.14
%IX1.15
%IX2.00
%IX2.01
%IX2.02
%IX2.03
%IX2.04
%IX2.05
%IX2.06
%IX2.07
configuration
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL IL (FRQ0)
BL IL (FRQ1)
BL IL (FRQ2)
BL IL (FRQ3)
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL/H IL (CYL0)
BL/H IL (CYL1)
BL/H IL (CYL2)
BL/H IL (CYL3)
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL
diagnostic capability
input / output
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
• / •
outputs
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
%QX0.00
%QX0.01
%QX0.02
%QX0.03
–
–
–
–
%QX0.04
%QX0.05
%QX0.06
%QX0.07
–
–
–
–
%QX0.08
%QX0.09
%QX0.10
%QX0.11
%QX0.12
%QX0.13
%QX0.14
%QX0.15
%QX1.00
%QX1.01
%QX1.02
%QX1.03
%QX1.04
%QX1.05
%QX1.06
%QX1.07
configuration
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH PWM
BH/L H-bridge
BH/L H-bridge
BH PWM
BH PWM
BH/L H-bridge
BH/L H-Bridge
BH PWM
relay switched
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
inputs of the type BH are without diagnostic capability Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
156
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
2 CR0505
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs
pin
23
05
34
01
15
12
wiringpotential
VBBS (10...32 V DC)
VBBO (10...32 V DC)
VBBR (10...32 V DC)
GNDS
GNDO
GNDA
description
supply sensors and module
supply outputs
supply via relay
ground sensors and module
ground outputs
ground analogue outputs
note
relay switched (1)
relay switched (2)
pin
14
32
26
25
33
06
07
13
24
CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential
CAN 1H
CAN 1L
CAN 2H
CAN 2L
GND
RxD
TxD
ERROR
TEST
description
CAN interface 1 (high)
CAN interface 1 (low)
CAN interface 2 (high)
CAN interface 2 (low)
ground (RS-232/CAN)
RS 232 interface (programming)
RS 232 interface (programming)
error output BH
test input
note
SAE J 1939
SAE J 1939
pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
pin
08
27
09
28
10
29
11
30
44
45
46
47
20
02
21
38
36
54
17
53
19
55
18
37
inputs/outputsinputs
%IX0.00 / %IW03
%IX0.01 / %IW04
%IX0.02 / %IW05
%IX0.03 / %IW06
%IX0.04 / %IW07
%IX0.05 / %IW08
%IX0.06 / %IW09
%IX0.07 / %IW10
%IX0.08
%IX0.09
%IX0.10
%IX0.11
%IX0.12
%IX0.13
%IX0.14
%IX0.15
%IX1.00
%IX1.01
%IX1.02
%IX1.03
%IX1.04
%IX1.05
%IX1.06
%IX1.07
configuration
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL IL (FRQ0)
BL IL (FRQ1)
BL IL (FRQ2)
BL IL (FRQ3)
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL/H IL (CYL0)
BL/H IL (CYL1)
BL/H IL (CYL2)
BL/H IL (CYL3)
diagnostic capability
input / output
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
• / –
• / –
• / –
• / –
outputs
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
%QX0.00
%QX0.01
%QX0.02
%QX0.03
–
–
–
–
%QX0.04
%QX0.05
%QX0.06
%QX0.07
–
–
–
–
configuration
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
relay switched
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
inputs of the type BH are without diagnostic capability
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
157
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
3 CR0032
55 IN 00 A, BL/H, FRQ 18OUT 00PWM, BH, (2/4 A)
20G
ND
01V
BB
RS
Inputs
36 IN 01S
54 IN 02 A, BL/H, FRQS
35 IN 03 A, BL/H, FRQS
53 IN 04 A, BL/H, FRQS
34 IN 05 A, BL/H, FRQS
52 IN 06 A, BL/H, FRQS
33 IN 07 A, BL/H, FRQS
24 IN 08 A, BL/H, FRQS
41 IN 09 A, BL/H, FRQS
23 IN 10 A, BL/H, FRQS
40 IN 11 A, BL/H, FRQS
22 IN 12 A, BL/H, FRQS
39 IN 13 A, BL/H, FRQS
21 IN 14 A, BL/H, FRQS
38 IN 15 A, BL/H, FRQS
L
17OUT 01PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L
16OUT 02PWM, BH, (2/4 A) L
15OUT 03PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L
14OUT 04PWM, BH, (2 A) L
13OUT 05PWM, BH, (2 A) L
12OUT 06PWM, BH, (2 A) L
11OUT 07PWM, BH, (2 A) L
02OUT 08PWM, BH, (2/4 A) L
03OUT 09PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L
04OUT 10PWM, BH, (2/4 A) L
05OUT 11PWM, BH/L, (2/4 A), H L
06OUT 12PWM, BH, (2 A) L
07OUT 13PWM, BH, (2 A) L
08OUT 14PWM, BH, (2 A) L
09OUT 15PWM, BH, (2 A) L
Outputs
Supply +DCGND
Output +DC
Output GND
37G
ND
Output +DC
42G
ND
relay
A, BL/H, FRQ
10V
BB
S
Interfaces 47 CAN1_H29 CAN1_L
CAN
46 CAN2_H28 CAN2_L45 CAN3_H27 CAN3_L44 CAN4_H26 CAN4_L
25 RxD43 TxD
RS-232
30 USB_P48 USB_Nvirtual COM Port31 USB_5 V49 USB_GND
50 TEST
32V
BB
15
terminal 15(ignition)
Output GND
Supply
51VREF OUT (5/10 V, 400 mA)10-32 V
5/10 V
relay
19V
BB
O
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
158
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
4 CR2500
PWMe.g. Danfossproportional valve(pull-down resistorintegrated)
For safety reasonsthe valve issupplied withvoltage via abinary output.
PWM,current controllede.g. proportional valve
digitale.g. two-way valves
supply
outputs
supply +DC
supply GND
CAN 2
23V
BB
S
01G
ND
S
05
02
38
20
output +DC
%QX0.0
GND
CAN_GND44
26
42
45
31
43 CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_GND
BH
+VBBO
interfaces
CAN 1CAN_GND
50
15
14
32
33
51 CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_GND
RS232GND
06
13
24
07 TxD
RxD
test
GND
49
16
29
%IW9 A
GND
48
34
10
%IW8 A
GND
47
25
28
%IW7 A
GND
46
04
09
%IW6 A
GND
53
17
30
%IX1.8 BL
GND
52
35
11
%IX1.0 BL
GND
41
22
27
%IX0.8 BL
GND
40
12
08
%IX0.0 BL
inputs
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
VB
BO
03
39
21
%QX0.8
GND
BH
+VBBO
18
54
36
%QX1.0
GND
BH
+VBBO
19
55
37
%QX1.8
GND
BH
+VBBO
CYL 0 / FRQ 0(100Hz...50kHz)
CYL 1 / FRQ 1(100Hz...50kHz)
+
–IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN0
OUT 0
OUT 1
OUT 2
OUT 3
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
159
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
5 CR7020, CR7200 (2 x)
pin
23
05
34
01
15
12
wiringpotential
VBBS (10...32 V DC)
VBBO (10...32 V DC)
VBBR (10...32 V DC)
GNDS
GNDO
GNDA
description
supply sensors and module
supply outputs
supply via relay
ground sensors and module
ground outputs
ground analogue outputs
note
relay switched (1)
relay switched (2)
pin
14
32
26
25
33
06
07
13
24
CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential
CAN 1H
CAN 1L
CAN 2H
CAN 2L
GND
RxD
TxD
ERROR
TEST
description
CAN interface 1 (high)
CAN interface 1 (low)
CAN interface 2 (high)
CAN interface 2 (low)
ground (RS-232/CAN)
RS 232 interface (programming)
RS 232 interface (programming)
error output BH
test input
note
SAE J 1939
SAE J 1939
pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
*) only High Side outputs are safety related
pin
08
27
09
28
10
29
11
30
44
45
46
47
20
02
21
38
36
54
17
53
19
55
18
37
39
03
40
22
41
42
43
04
48
49
31
50
51
52
16
35
inputs/outputsinputs
%IX0.00 / %IW03
%IX0.01 / %IW04
%IX0.02 / %IW05
%IX0.03 / %IW06
%IX0.04 / %IW07
%IX0.05 / %IW08
%IX0.06 / %IW09
%IX0.07 / %IW10
%IX0.08
%IX0.09
%IX0.10
%IX0.11
%IX0.12
%IX0.13
%IX0.14
%IX0.15
–
–
–
–
%IX1.04
%IX1.05
%IX1.06
%IX1.07
%IX1.08
%IX1.09
%IX1.10
%IX1.11
%IX1.12
%IX1.13
%IX1.14
%IX1.15
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
configuration
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL IL (FRQ0)
BL IL (FRQ1)
BL IL (FRQ2)
BL IL (FRQ3)
–
–
–
–
BL IL (CYL0)
BL IL (CYL1)
BL IL (CYL2)
BL IL (CYL3)
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
BL/H
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
diagnostic capability
input / output
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
outputs
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
%QX0.00
%QX0.01
%QX0.02
%QX0.03
–
–
–
–
%QX0.04
%QX0.05
%QX0.06
%QX0.07
–
–
–
–
%QX0.08
%QX0.09
%QX0.10
%QX0.11
%QX0.12
%QX0.13
%QX0.14
%QX0.15
%QX1.00
%QX1.01
%QX1.02
%QX1.03
%QX1.04
%QX1.05
%QX1.06
%QX1.07
configuration
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH PWM
BH/L* H-Bridge
BH/L* H-Bridge
BH PWM
BH PWM
BH/L* H-Bridge
BH/L* H-Bridge
BH PWM
relay switched
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
160
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
6 CR7505
pin
23
05
34
01
15
12
ANSCHLUßBELEGUNG / wiringpotential
VBBS (10...32 V DC)
VBBO (10...32 V DC)
VBBR (10...32 V DC)
GNDS
GNDO
GNDA
description
supply sensors and module
supply outputs
supply via relay
ground sensors and module
ground outputs
ground analogue outputs
note
relay switched (1)
relay switched (2)
pin
14
32
26
25
33
06
07
13
24
CAN, RS232, ERROR, TESTpotential
CAN 1H
CAN 1L
CAN 2H
CAN 2L
GND
RxD
TxD
ERROR
TEST
description
CAN interface 1 (high)
CAN interface 1 (low)
CAN interface 2 high)
CAN interface 2 (low)
ground (RS-232/CAN)
RS 232 interface (programming)
RS 232 interface (programming)
error output BH
test input
note
SAE J 1939
SAE J 1939
pin 03, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
pin 02, PC D-Sub (9 pin)
pin
08
27
09
28
10
29
11
30
44
45
46
47
20
02
21
38
36
54
17
53
19
55
18
37
EIN-/AUSGÄNGE / inputs/outputsinputs
%IX0.00 / %IW03
%IX0.01 / %IW04
%IX0.02 / %IW05
%IX0.03 / %IW06
%IX0.04 / %IW07
%IX0.05 / %IW08
%IX0.06 / %IW09
%IX0.07 / %IW10
%IX0.08
%IX0.09
%IX0.10
%IX0.11
%IX0.12
%IX0.13
%IX0.14
%IX0.15
–
–
–
–
%IX1.04
%IX1.05
%IX1.06
%IX1.07
configuration
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL A
BL
BL
BL
BL
BL IL (FRQ0)
BL IL (FRQ1)
BL IL (FRQ2)
BL IL (FRQ3)
–
–
–
–
BL IL (CYL0)
BL IL (CYL1)
BL IL (CYL2)
BL IL (CYL3)
diagnostic capability
input / output
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / •
– / –
– / –
– / –
– / –
outputs
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
%QX0.00
%QX0.01
%QX0.02
%QX0.03
–
–
–
–
%QX0.04
%QX0.05
%QX0.06
%QX0.07
–
–
–
–
configuration
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
BH PWM PWMI
–
–
–
–
relay switched
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBO (1)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
VBBR (2)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
note the double pin connection of inputs/outputs
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
161
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
7 CR0301
X2analogue inputs
X4digital inputs
X3digital outputs
X5.1relay outputs
X5.2relay outputs
X1operating voltage
CAN bus
RS232programming
TEST input
04
05 OUT14_NC
06 UCOM 09
07 OUT14_NO
08
09 OUT15_NC
10 UCOM 10
11 OUT15_NO
12
13 OUT16_NC
14 UCOM 11
15 OUT16_NO
16
17
UCOM 12
18 OUT17_NO
01 OUT13_NC
02 UCOM 08
03 OUT13_NO
OUT17_NC
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
01
02
03
OUT09_NCUCOM 04
OUT09_NO
OUT10_NCUCOM 05
OUT10_NO
OUT11_NCUCOM 06
OUT11_NO
OUT12_NC
UCOM 07
OUT12_NO
OUT08_NCUCOM 03
OUT08_NO
1,00 Amultifuse
02 RxD03 TxD05 GND06 UB
09 test
01
02
03
A
A
A
A_IN00
A_IN01
A_IN02
04A A_IN03
05UB
06GND
07A A_IN04
08A A_IN05
09A A_IN06
10A A_IN07
01
02
03
BL
BL
BL
IN00
IN01
IN02
04BL IN03
05BL IN04
06BL IN05
07BL IN06
08BL IN07
09UB
10GND
11BL/ IL IN08
12BL/ IL IN09
13BL/ IL IN10
14BL/ IL IN11
15BL/BH IN12
16BL/BH IN13
17BL/BH IN14
18BL/BH IN15
01 UB
02 GND
03 CAN_L
04 CAN_H
05 CAN_L
06 CAN_H
01
02
03
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
OUT00
OUT01
OUT02
04BH/PH OUT03
05UCOM 01
06BH OUT04
07BH OUT05
08BH OUT06
09BH OUT07
10UCOM 02
PWM0
PWM1
PWM2
PWM3
FRQ0 / CYL0
FRQ1 / CYL1
FRQ2 / CYL2
FRQ3 / CYL3
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
R1
R2
R3
R4
R0
R6
R7
R8
R9
R5
pin connection(view from thetop on pin side)
1
3
5
2
4
6
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
162
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
8 CR0302
X2analogue inputs
X4digital inputs
X3digital outputs
X5digital outputs
X1operating voltage
CAN bus
RS232programming
TEST input
1.00 Amultifuse
02 RxD03 TxD05 GND06 UB
09 test
01
02
03
A
A
A
A_IN00
A_IN01
A_IN02
04A A_IN03
05UB
06GND
07A A_IN04
08A A_IN05
09A A_IN06
10A A_IN07
01
02
03
BL
BL
BL
IN00
IN01
IN02
04BL IN03
05BL IN04
06BL IN05
07BL IN06
08BL IN07
09UB
10GND
11BL / IL IN08
12BL / IL IN09
13BL / IL IN10
14BL / IL IN11
15BL / BH IN12
16BL / BH IN13
17BL / BH IN14
18BL / BH IN15
01 UB
02 GND
03 CAN_L
04 CAN_H
05 CAN_L
06 CAN_H
01
02
03
BH / PH
BH / PH
BH / PH
OUT00
OUT01
OUT02
04BH / PH OUT03
05UCOM01
06BH OUT04
07BH OUT05
08BH OUT06
09BH OUT07
10UCOM02
PWM0
PWM1
PWM2
PWM3
FRQ0 / CYL0
FRQ1 / CYL1
FRQ2 / CYL2
FRQ3 / CYL3
01
02
03
n.c.UCOM03
n.c.
04BH OUT08
05n.c.
06n.c.
07n.c.
08BH OUT09
09n.c.
10n.c.
11n.c.
12BH OUT10
13n.c.
14n.c.
15n.c.
16BH OUT11
17n.c.
18n.c.
pin connection(view from thetop on pin side)
1
3
5
2
4
6
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
163
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
9 CR0303
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
18 IN07 BL
17 VBBS OUT
16 IN06 BL
15 VBBS OUT
14 IN 05 BL
13 VBBS OUT
12 IN04 BL
11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN03 BL
07 GND06 IN02 BL
05 VBBS OUT
04 IN01 BL
03 VBBS OUT
02 IN00 BL
01 VBBS OUT
18 IN15 BL/BH
17 VBBS OUT
16 IN14 BL/BH
15 VBBS OUT
14 IN 13 BL/BH
13 VBBS OUT
12 IN12 BL/BH
11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN11/FRQ03 BL/ IL07 GND06 IN10/FRQ02 BL/ IL05 VBBS OUT
04 IN09/FRQ01 BL/ IL03 VBBS OUT
02 IN08/FRQ00 BL/ IL01 VBBS OUT
X12inputs
X10inputs
X11inputs
10 A_IN2309 A_IN2208 A_IN2107 A_IN2006 GND05 VBBS OUT
04 A_IN1903 A_IN1802 A_IN1701 A_IN16
060504030201
CAN2_HCAN2_LCAN1_HCAN1_LGNDVBBS
P/N1power supplyCAN bus
060504030201
n.c.TESTRS-232 TxDRS-232 RxDGNDVBBTEST
N2RS-232TEST
X21outputs
1413121110090807060504030201
VBBSTAB (5/10 V)
VBBO 03
OUT17 (10 A)
VBBO17
OUT16 (10 A)
VBBO16
OUT15 (10 A)
VBBO15
OUT14 (10 A)
VBBO14
OUT13 (10 A)
VBBO13
OUT12 (10 A)
VBBO12
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
15OUT08BH
16OUT09BH
17OUT10BH
18OUT11BH
10090807060504030201
VBBO 02
OUT07/PWM07OUT06/PWM06OUT05/PWM05OUT04/PWM04VBBO 01
OUT03/PWM03OUT02/PWM02OUT01/PWM01OUT00/PWM00
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
X20outputs
10-32 V
5/10 V
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
164
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
10 CR2031
Outputs
05
04
03
02
OUT
Current
Shell8
Channel 8
01n.c.
L–
8
05
04
03
02
7
01
7
Channel 7
CAN INCAN_H
+VBBC
CAN_L
GNDS
CAN_GND
05
04
03
02
01
CAN_H
+VBBC
CAN_L
GNDS
CAN_GND CAN OUT
05
04
03
02
01
GN
DO
VB
BO
CAN Interface / Supply
CA
N_L
CA
N_H
0201
GN
DO
GN
DS
0403
+V
BB
S
+V
BB
O0605
+V
BB
C07
= jumper
OUT
Current
Shell
n.c.
L–
05
04
03
02
OUT
Current
Shell6
Channel 6
01n.c.
L–
6
05
04
03
02
5
01
5
Channel 5
OUT
Current
Shell
n.c.
L–
05
04
03
02
OUT
Current
Shell4
Channel 4
01n.c.
L–
4
05
04
03
02
3
01
3
Channel 3
OUT
Current
Shell
n.c.
L–
05
04
03
02
OUT
Current
Shell2
Channel 2
01n.c.
L–
2
05
04
03
02
1
01
1
Channel 1
OUT
Current
Shell
n.c.
L–
Outputs
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
165
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
11 CR2032
Outputs
05
04
03
02
OUT
OUT
Shell8
01
L–
8
Channel 4
Channel 2
Channel 8
Channel 6
CAN INCAN_H
+VBBC
CAN_L
GNDS
CAN_GND
05
04
03
02
01
CAN_H
+VBBC
CAN_L
GNDS
CAN_GND CAN OUT
05
04
03
02
01
GN
DO
VB
BO
CAN Interface / Supply
CA
N_L
CA
N_H
0201
GN
DO
GN
DS
0403
+V
BB
S
+V
BB
O
0605
+V
BB
C07
GN
DS
= jumper
VB
BS
Inputs
Channel 3
Channel 1
Channel 7
Channel 5
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
Shell7
01 L+
L–
7
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
Shell5
01 L+
L–
5
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
Shell3
01 L+
L–
3
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
Shell1
01 L+
L–
1
05
04
03
02
OUT
OUT
Shell6
01
L–
6
05
04
03
02
OUT
OUT
Shell4
01
L–
4
05
04
03
02
OUT
OUT
Shell2
01
L–
2
L+
L+
L+
L+
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
multifuse
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
166
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
12 CR2033
inputs / outputs
05
04
03
02
OUT
IN
shell8
01
L–
8
channel 4
channel 2
channel 8
channel 6
CAN INCAN_H
+VBBC
CAN_L
GNDS
CAN_GND
05
04
03
02
01
CAN_H
+VBBC
CAN_L
GNDS
CAN_GND CAN OUT
05
04
03
02
01
GN
DO
VB
BO
CAN interface / supply
CA
N_L
CA
N_H
0201
GN
DO
GN
DS
0403
+V
BB
S
+V
BB
O
0605
+V
BB
O07
GN
DS
= jumper
VB
BS
inputs
channel 3
channel 1
channel 7
channel 5
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
shell7
01 L+
L–
7
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
shell5
01 L+
L–
5
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
shell3
01 L+
L–
3
05
04
03
02
IN
IN
shell1
01 L+
L–
1
05
04
03
02
OUT
IN
shell6
01
L–
6
05
04
03
02
OUT
IN
shell4
01
L–
4
05
04
03
02
OUT
IN
shell2
01
L–
2
L+
L+
L+
L+
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
167
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
13 CR2512
supply
output
supply +DC
supply GND
CANinterface
23V
BB
S
01G
ND
S
05
02
38
20
08
channel 1
output +DC
OUT
current
GND
CAN_GND
50
15
14
32
33
51 CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_GND
VB
BO
VB
BO
VB
BS
GN
DS
1
1
+VBBO
03
39
21
27
OUT
current
GND
2
2
+VBBO
04
40
22
09
OUT
current
GND
3
3
+VBBO
25
41
42
28
OUT
current
GND
4
4
+VBBO
16
52
34
10
OUT
current
GND
5
5
+VBBO
17
53
35
29
OUT
current
GND
6
6
+VBBO
18
54
36
11
OUT
current
GND
7
7
+VBBO
19
55
37
30
OUT
current
GND
8
8
+VBBO
channel 2
channel 3
channel 4
channel 5
channel 6
channel 7
channel 8
06
47
43
IN
+VBBS
1
GNDS
input
channel 9
07
48
44
IN
+VBBS
2
GNDS
channel 10
24
49
45
IN
+VBBS
3
GNDS
channel 11
26
31
46
IN
+VBBS
4
GNDS
channel 12
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
168
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
14 CR2513
digitale.g. two-way valves
PWMe.g. proportional valve
supply
supply +DC
supply GND
23V
BB
S
01G
ND
S
05
38
20
output +DC
channel 1BH
+VBBO
CANinterface
CAN_GND
50
15
14
32
33
51 CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_H
CAN_L
CAN_GND
GND
49
16
29
channel 12 A
GND
48
34
10
channel 11 A
GND
47
25
28
channel 10 A
GND
46
04
09
channel 9 A
GND
53
17
30
channel 8 BL
GND
52
35
11
channel 7 BL
GND
41
22
27
channel 6 BL
GND
40
12
08
channel 5 BL
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
+VBBS
VB
BO
43
39
21
channel 2
RC
BH
+VBBO
44
54
36
channel 3
RC
BH
+VBBO
45
55
37
channel 4
RC
BH
+VBBO
02GND
RC 42
03GND
18GND
19GND
outputsinputs
Danfosstype PVEH/S/M(RC low-pass filter)
+
–
For safety reasonsthe valve issupplied withvoltage via abinary output.
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
169
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
15 CR2012
135·····
17
246·····
18
X1
135·····
17
246·····
18
X2
135
246
X3
Connector X1
Pin
123456789
101112131415161718
Potential
channel 1+UB
channel 2+UB
channel 3+UB
channel 4+UB+UB+UB
channel 5channel 6
GNDGND
channel 7GND
channel 8GND
Inputs
Bin IN 1
Bin IN 2
Bin IN 3
Bin IN 4
Bin IN 5Bin IN 6
Bin IN 7
Bin IN 8
–
–
–
–
Ana IN 5Ana IN 6
–
–
–
–
–
–
––
Bin OUT 7
Bin OUT 8
Connector X2
Pin
123456789
101112131415161718
Potential
channel 9+UB
channel 10+UB
channel 11+UB
channel 12+UB+UB+UB
channel 13channel 14
GNDGND
channel 15GND
channel 16GND
Inputs
Bin IN 9
Bin IN 10
Bin IN 11
Bin IN 12
Bin IN 13Bin IN 14
Bin IN 15
Bin IN 16
–
–
–
–
Ana IN 13Ana IN 14
–
–
–
–
–
–
––
Bin OUT 15
Bin OUT 16
Connector X3
Pin
123456
Potential
+UBGND+UBGNDCANLCANH
Abbreviations see chapter ‘Technical glossary’
Outputs
–
–
–
–
––
–
PWM 8
Outputs
–
–
–
–
––
–
PWM 16
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
170
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
16 CR2014
135·····
17
246·····
18
X1
135·····
17
246·····
18
X2
135
246
X3
Connector X1
Pin
123456789
101112131415161718
Potential
channel 1+UB
channel 2+UB
channel 3+UB
channel 4+UB+UB+UB
channel 5channel 6
GNDGND
channel 7GND
channel 8GND
Inputs
Bin IN 1
Bin IN 2
Bin IN 3
Bin IN 4
––
Bin IN 7
Bin IN 8
–
–
–
–
Ana IN 1Ana IN 2
–
–
–
–
–
–
––
Bin OUT 1
Bin OUT 2
Outputs
Connector X2
Pin
123456789
101112131415161718
Potential
channel 9+UB
channel 10+UB
channel 11+UB
channel 12+UB+UB+UB
channel 13channel 14
GNDGND
channel 15GND
channel 16GND
Inputs
Bin IN 9
Bin IN 10
Bin IN 11
Bin IN 12
––
Bin IN 15
Bin IN 16
–
–
–
–
Ana IN 3Ana IN 4
–
–
–
–
–
–
––
Bin OUT 3
Bin OUT 4
Outputs
Connector X3
Pin
123456
Potential
+UBGND+UBGNDCANLCANH
Abbreviations see chapter ‘Technical glossary’
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
171
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
17 CR2016
Abbreviations see technical glossary chapter
18 A_IN04 A17 VBBS OUT
16 A_IN03 A15 VBBS OUT
14 A_IN 02 A13 VBBS OUT
12 A_IN01 A11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN12 BL/BH
07 GND06 IN11 BL/BH
05 VBBS OUT
04 IN10 BL/BH
03 VBBS OUT
02 IN09 BL/BH
01 VBBS OUT
18 IN08 BL
17 VBBS OUT
16 IN07 BL
15 VBBS OUT
14 IN 06 BL
13 VBBS OUT
12 IN05 BL
11 GND10 GND09 GND08 IN04/FRQ04 BL/ IL07 GND06 IN03/FRQ03 BL/ IL05 VBBS OUT
04 IN02/FRQ02 BL/ IL03 VBBS OUT
02 IN01/FRQ01 BL/ IL01 VBBS OUT
060504030201
CAN_HCAN_LCAN_HCAN_LGNDVBBS
X21outputs(group 2)X11
inputs
X10inputs
P/N1power supplyCAN bus
X20outputs(group 1)
141312111009
0807
060504030201
OUT16OUT15GNDOUT
OUT14GNDOUT
OUT13
GNDOUT
VBBO 02
GNDOUT
OUT12GNDOUT
OUT11OUT09OUT10
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
BH
141312111009
0807
060504030201
OUT08OUT07GNDOUT
OUT06GNDOUT
OUT05
GNDOUT
VBBO 01
GNDOUT
OUT04/PWM04GNDOUT
OUT03/PWM03OUT01/PWM01OUT02/PWM02
BH
BH
BH
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH/PH
BH
BH
BH
BH/PH
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
172
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
173
18
pin 1: n.c.pin 2: TxDpin 3: RxDpin 4: n.c.pin 5: GND
12345
6789
RS 232
pin 6: n.c.pin 7: n.c.pin 8: n.c.pin 9: n.c.
2
4 3
1
5
CAN bus (2x)
pin 1: GNDpin 2: VBBpin 3: CAN-GNDpin 4: CAN-Hpin 5: CAN-L
CAN terminating resistor 120
19
CANHCANLGNDGND+24 V
1
2
3
4
5
20
4
2 1
3
5
Connection 1Supply, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
Shield10...32 V DCGNDCAN_HCAN_L
3
1 2
4
5
RS-232, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L
Connection 2
21
4
2 1
3
5
Connection 1Supply, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
Shield10...32 V DCGNDCAN_HCAN_L
Potential
IN 1IN 2IN 3IN 4+VBB (out)
Inputs
Pin
12345
Connection 3
3
1 2
4
5
Outputs
Pin
12345
Potential
OUT 1OUT 2OUT 3OUT 4GND
Connection 4
3
1 2
4
5
3
1 2
4
5
RS-232, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L
Connection 2
22
4
2 1
3
5
Connection 1Supply, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
ShieldVBBS (10...32 V DC)GNDCAN_HCAN_L
3
1 2
4
5
RS-232, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L
Connection 2
1
4 3
2Ethernet
Pin
1234
Potential
TxD +RxD +TxD –RxD –
Connection 4
23
4
2 1
3
5
Connection 1Supply, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
ShieldVBBS (10...32 V DC)GNDCAN_HCAN_L
3
1 2
4
5
RS-232, CAN
Pin
12345
Potential
RS-232_TxDRS-232_RxDGNDCAN_HCAN_L
Connection 2
Inputs,outputs
Pin
12345
Potential
IN 1IN 2OUT 1OUT 2VBBO
Connection 3
3
1 2
4
51
4 3
2Ethernet
Pin
1234
Potential
TxD +RxD +TxD –RxD –
Connection 4
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
174
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
24
1211
10
9
8
7 65
4
3
2
1
18
19
15
17 13
16 14
M23 round connector
pin potential
1 GND (power)2 GND (power)3 VBB + (supply)4 CAN 1 low5 CAN 1 high6 n.c.7 1. RS 232, RxD8 1. RS 232, TxD9 VBB + (supply switched)10 GND (power)11 GND (power)12 n.c.13 CAN 2 low14 CAN 2 high15 Ethernet RxD –16 Ethernet RxD +17 Ethernet TxD –18 Ethernet TxD +19 shield
25
4
2 1
3
Supply
Pin
1234
Potential
U+not used0 Vnot used
1
4 3
2Ethernet
Pin
1234
Potential
TxD +RxD +TxD –RxD –
26
pin 1: n.c.pin 2: TxDpin 3: RxDpin 4: DSRpin 5: GND
12345
6789
RS 232
pin 6: n.c.pin 7: n.c.pin 8: n.c.pin 9: n.c.
2
4 3
1
5
CAN bus
pin 1: GNDpin 2: VBBpin 3: CAN-GNDpin 4: CAN-Hpin 5: CAN-L
CAN terminating resistor 120
27
2
4 3
1
5
description
operating voltage
CAN interface
pin
12
345
potential
GND10...30 V DC
CAN_GNDCAN_HCAN_L
28
54321
NCNC
GNDCAN L
NC
9876
+ VBBNCCAN HGND
29
5
67
42
3 18
description
operating voltage
CAN interface
analogue outputs(X-/Y-axis)
pin
12
345
678
potential
10...30 V DCGND
CAN_HCAN_LCAN_GND
I_OUT XI_OUT YGND_A
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
175
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
30
pin 1: L+pin 2: n.c.pin 3: L–pin 4: output2
4 3
1
31
+24 V DCPWM IN
GND
0...5 VGND
32
+24 V DCPWM IN
GND
0...10 VGND
33
+24 V DCPWM IN
GND
RDBKBU
BKBU
0...5 VGND
34
+24 V DCPWM IN
GND
RDBKBU
BKBU
0...10 VGND
35
IN 18-36 V
GNDGND
RD
BU BU
BK 10 V DC OUT
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
176
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
177
36
BK
BU
BN
L+
L
OUT
37
BK
BU
BN
L+
L
38
L+
L
1
4
3
39
BN
BK
BU
L+
L
40
BN
BU L
L+
41
BN
BU L
L+
42
4
1
3
2OUT2
L+
L
OUT1/Teach/Data
43
L+
L
1
2
44
L+
L
1
3
2
Technical informationand customer service
Wiring diagrams
Control systems
178
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Wiring diagrams
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
179
Mobile controllers
1 type CR ....
153
43 LED
225
205,5
2680
1526
45°
page 37, 39, 45
2 type CR ....
153
43 LED
247
20
2680
1526
45°
page 41, 45
3 type CR ....
153
43 LED
132
205,5
2680
1526
45°
page 43
4 type CR ....
2533
223
134
108
1984,5
10 LED
page 47
5 type CR ....
2533
223
134
108
1984,5
10 LED
page 47
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
180
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Mobile controllers
6 type CR ....
X10 X11
X20 X21
198
226
133
108
39
5,8
7,8
X12
P/N1N2
page 47
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
181
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
I/O modules
1 type CR ....
69
2339
LED M12 x1
9 52
6
227205
5 5
77
PWR
DIA
1357
2468
CA
N in
CA
N o
ut
page 61
2 type CR ....
69
2339
LED M12 x1
9 52
6
227205
5 5
77
PWR
DIA
1357
2468
CA
N in
CA
N o
ut
page 61
3 type CR ....
69
2339
LED M12 x1
9 52
6
227205
5 5
77
PWR
DIA
1357
2468
CA
N in
CA
N o
ut
page 61
4 type CR ....
153
43 LED
132
205,5
2680
1526
45°
page 63
5 type CR ....
163
6342,3
18 LED
142,34,5
27
page 65
6 type CR ....
163
6342,3
18 LED
142,34,5
27
page 65
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
182
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
I/O modules
7 type CR ....
X10 X11
P/N1 X20 X21
161
181
105
8230
5,8
7,8
page 65
8 type CR ....
32
90
190
page 67
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
183
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Dialogue modules
1 type CR ....
46,453,4
109
165
F2 F3F1
F5 F6F4
okesc
page 77
2 type CR ....
46,465,3
7
F3F2F1esc
109
165
page 79
3 type CR ....
109
165 46,465,3
7
page 79
4 type CR ....
189
165
6381
7
page 81
5 type O2 ....
55
45
45,6
21,1
34,1
4,3
42
57
80
M12 x1
M12x160
20,5
24,5
30,5
1
page 83
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
184
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Diagnosis and service · Remote maintenance and data memory
1 type CR ....
M12
x1
119132
5 LED
35
85
page 95
2 type CR ....
35
85
M12
x1
119130
6 LED
page 95
3 type CR ....
M12
x1
119132
5 LED
35
85
page 97
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
185
Diagnosis and service · CAN interface and CAN diagnosis
1 type EC ....
3560
RS 232
94102
4 LED
page 99
2 type EC ....
9498
4 LED
35
60
USB
page 99
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
186
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
187
Sensors for mobile applications · Inclination sensors
1 type CR ....
M12
x1
641
6090
60
LED
75
45
5,3
page 111
2 type CR ....
75
45
5,3
90
M12
x1
641
6092
60
LED
page 111
3 type EC ....
5241
4124
537
5,2
page 113
4 type EC ....
6,2
81
20
2,75
5,25
8,2512,75
page 113
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Sensors for mobile applications · Inductive sensors
1 type IF ....
5950
M12
x1
174
M12
x1
LED
70
page 115, 117
2 type IF ....
45
M12
x1
174
5
M12
x1
5970
LED
page 115, 117
3 type IG ....
M18
x1
M12
x1
5057
7059
424LED 4 x 90°
page 115, 117
4 type IG ....
M18
x1
M12
x1
4057
70
LED 4 x 90°
59
10
424
page 115, 117
5 type II ....
59
53
M30
x1,5
57
70
M12
x1
LED 4 x 90°5
36
page 115, 117
6 type II ....
LED 4 x 90°
59
38
M30
x1,5
5
57
70
36
M12
x1
15
page 115, 117
7 type IF ....
5,4
7962
53
M12
x1
LED 4 x 90° 174
page 115, 117
8 type IF ....
5,4
796248
LED 4 x 90° 174
M12
x1
5
page 115, 117
9 type IG ....
64
LED 4 x 90° 24
81
5750
M18
x1
4
page 115, 117
10 type IG ....
64
LED 4 x 90° 24
81
5740
M18
x1
4
10
page 115, 117
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
188
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Sensors for mobile applications · Inductive sensors
11 type II ....
36
53
M30
x1,5
57
5
5
64
LED 4 x 90°
81
page 115, 117
12 type II ....
36
38
M30
x1,5
1557
5
5
64
LED 4 x 90°
81
page 115, 117
13 type IN ....
406
12LED
4
2613
32
3,2
45
LED
3,2
18
1610
1
page 117
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
189
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Sensors for mobile applications · Pressure sensors
1 type PP ....
79,5
M12 x130
30
12
G14/
M5
1
LED
65,5
page 119
2 type PA ....
77,5
M12 x130
30
27
1,3
21,5
16,5
G 41
page 119
3 type PA ....
75
M12 x130
30
27
1,3
21,5
14
G 41
page 119
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
190
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
191
Signal converters
1 type CR ....
42,5
49
3024,5
3,2
page 127
2 type CR ....
42,5
54
3424,5
3,2
15
page 127
3 type EC ....
42,5
54
3424,5
3
15
page 127
4 type EC ....
112
24 30
45
page 127
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Connectors
1 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1 45
14
3
1 2
4
page 130
2 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1 36,5
26,5
14 3
1 2
4
page 130
3 type E1 ....
15
M12 x1 43 3
1 2
4
5
page 130
4 type E1 ....
M12
x1
43
15
M12 x13
1 2
4
5
page 130
5 type E1 ....
M12 x1
20 52,5
193
1 2
4
5
page 130
6 type EV ....
15,5
45
14
M12 x13
1 2
4
5
page 130
7 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1 36,5
26,5
14 3
1 2
4
5
page 130
8 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1 45
14
3
1 2
4
5
page 130
9 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1 36,5
26,5
14 3
1 2
4
5
page 130
10 type E1, E2, E8 ....
43
15
M12 x1
4
1 2
65
378
page 130
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
192
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Connectors
11 type E8 ....
27
10,5
15
39
M12 x14
1 2
65
378
page 130
12 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1 49,5
14
43
2 1
page 132
13 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1
36,5
30,5
14 43
2 1
page 132
14 type E1 ....
15
M12 x1 47
M12
x1
4
2 1
3
5
page 132
15 type E1 ....
15
M12 x1 46
M12
x1
4
2 1
3
5
page 132
16 type E1 ....
M12 x1
58
19
20
43
2 1
page 132
17 type E1 ....
M12 x1
20
38
40
19
43
2 1
page 132
18 type E1 ....
M12 x1
58
19
20
4
2 1
3
5
page 132
19 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1
36,5
30,5
14 4
2 1
3
5
page 132
20 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1 49,5
14
4
2 1
3
5
page 132
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
193
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Connectors
21 type EV ....
49,5
14
15,5
M12x1
45
14
L
15,5
M12x1
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
page 134
22 type EV ....
49,5
14
L
15,5
M12x1
M12x1
26,5
14
36,5
15,5
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
page 134
23 type EV ....
L
M12x1
26,5
14
36,5
15,5M12x1
30,5
14
36,5
15,543
2 1
3
1 2
4
page 134
24 type E1 ....
L 17,5 29,5
29,5
M12
x1
47
LED
M 3
28,5
435 2 1
page 134
25 type E1 ....
M 3
26,5
L 15 26,5
28,4
M12
x1
47
4
2 1
3
5 1 2
page 134
26 type EV ....
L
15,5
M12 x1
49
14
45
15,5
M12 x1 14
43
2 1
3
1 2
4
page 134
27 type E1 ....
43
M12
x1
47 L
M12
x1
4
2 1
3
5
3
1 2
4
5
page 134
28 type EV ....
49,5
14
15,5
M12x1
45
14
L
15,5
M12x1
4
2 1
3
5
3
1 2
4
5
page 134
29 type EV ....
49,5
14
L
15,5
M12x1
M12x1
26,5
14
36,5
15,54
2 1
3
5
3
1 2
4
5
page 134
30 type EV ....
15,5
M12x1
45
14
L
M12x1
30,5
14
36,5
15,5
4
2 1
3
5
3
1 2
4
5
page 134
Technical informationand customer service
Scale drawings
Control systems
194
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Connectors
31 type E2 ....
15
47,3L
15
47,3
12
3 4
page 134
Scale drawings
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
195
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Analogue output Using a PWM output with a downstream PWM/analogue converter an ana-logue output voltage can be generated. On the basis of a defined PWM fre-quency an output voltage of between 0...10 V results from the chosen markto space ratio between 0...100 %.
Cable sheath materials Depending on environment and application the materials show differentresistances. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain appli-cation cannot be guaranteed. Concerning the specific resistances we referyou to the explanations under “PUR cable”, “PVC cable” and “PPU cable”.The general notes given there do not exempt from any tests.
Cable sheath materials Depending on environment and application the materials show differentresistances. Therefore certain properties or the suitability for a certain appli-cation cannot be guaranteed.Concerning the specific resistances we referyou to the explanations under “PUR cable”, “PVC cable” and “PPU cable” .The general notes given there do not exempt from any tests.
CAN The abbreviation stands for “Controller Area Network”. It is a communica-tion system (bus system) specially developed for vehicle applications. It isdistinguished by a high transmission speed and safety.
CANopen To simplify the connection of different network components (e.g. input /output modules, inclination sensors) profiles have been defined which deter-mine the communication in the CAN network. Devices of the same type usethe same communication profile. This allows to use manufacturer-indepen-dent CANopen components. Furthermore the necessary network servicessuch as monitoring of the connected devices (CAN node) or network initiali-sation are defined under CANopen.
Current consumption Current for the internal consumption of the unit. The value specified in thedata sheet applies to the switched unit without load.
Current consumption Current for the internal consumption of the device. The value specified inthe data sheet applies to the active device without external load.
Technical informationand customer service
Technical glossary
Control systems
196
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Housing materials Metal housing:Aluminium, stainless steel, galvanised steel, diecast zinc.
Plastic housing:
PBTPLargely resistant to aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, oils, greases,hydraulic fluids, and fuels. No stress cracking when exposed to air. Not resi-stant to hot water, hot steam, halocarbons, concentrated acids and alkalis (-> plastics).
Modified PPO:Largely resistant to diluted mineral acids, weak alkalis, some alcohols, oilsand greases depending on the additives. Resistant to hydrolysis in hot andcold water. Not resistant to aromatic hydrocarbons and hydrocarbons containing chlorine, oils and greases depending on additives (-> plastics).
Input frequency The maximum input frequency is the pulse frequency to be evaluated by theinput stage (typ. 50 Hz). Higher frequencies are not detected and the devicesreact as if the input frequency = 0 (no pulses). For the evaluation of highinput frequencies pulse input channels (typ. 50 kHz) must be used. If theseinputs are to be used to evaluate mechanical pulse pick-ups, contact boun-cing of the pulse pick-ups must be suppressed via the software.
Memory The electronic memories are used to store programs (operating system andapplication program) and for the data necessary for the execution. Depen-ding on the task different types of memory are used.
RAM (Random Access Memory):volatile write/read memory
ROM (Read Only Memory):non volatile read memory (non erasable)
EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory):non volatile externally erasable read memory
Flash-EPROM:non volatile erasable read memory which can be written and erased directlyin the device via the software
Noise immunity To avoid malfunction as a result of too high voltage peaks which may occurin critical applications, we recommend laying the cables of sensors and pulsepick-ups separately from other cables (e.g. motors, solenoid valves). In espe-cially difficult cases it may be necessary to lay screened cables. If in doubtplease contact our engineers.
Operating temperature Temperature range which guarantees a safe functioning of the device. Theoperating temperature of the unit must be within the range indicated in thedata sheet and must not be above or below this range.
Technical glossary
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
197
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Operating voltage The voltage range for which the device is rated. The stated nominal voltageand the tolerance result in the operating voltage range in which the devicefunctions safely. Exceeding or falling below the maximum or minimumvalues is only allowed within the limits specified in the data sheets.
Overload protected The response threshold for the short-circuit protection is above the specifiedvalue for the continuous current rating. In this range devices protectedagainst overload are also protected against destruction.
PELV PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in whichthe voltage cannot exceed the value of 60 V DC. It also includes a protectivemeasure against direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the so-called “safe isolation” from the supply system. Circuits and/or bodies in aPELV system can be connected to ground - in contrast to the SELV system.
Protection classes Protection class 1 (I): units with protective wire connectionProtection class 2 (II): units with protective insulation (double insulation)Protection class 3 (III): units for connection to protective extra-low voltage,voltage supply to EN 50178, PELV, SELV
All units marked protection class III or all units without protective wire con-nection or protective insulation mark must be connected to protective extra-low voltage (max. 60 V DC) with safe isolation. For inductive proximity sensors this can be SELV or PELV.
Technical informationand customer service
Technical glossary
Control systems
198
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Protection rating The protection rating (according to IEC 529 / DIN 40 050) defines the degreeof protection from ingress of dust and moisture.
IP 20Protection against ingress of solid particles with a diameter greater than 12 mm. No special protection against ingress of water.IP 40Protection against ingress of solid particles with a diameter greater than 1 mm. No special protection against ingress of water.IP 50Complete protection against contact with live parts or internal moving parts.Protection against harmful dust deposits. The ingress of dust is not comple-tely prevented but dust must not penetrate in such quantity as to impair theoperation. No special protection against ingress of water.IP 61Complete protection against contact with live parts; protection againstingress of dust. IP 64Complete protection against contact with live parts; protection againstingress of dust and splashing water.IP 65Complete protection against contact with live parts; protection againstingress of dust and water jets.IP 66Complete protection against contact with live parts or internal moving parts.Protection against ingress of dust and powerful water jets. Water must notpenetrate the equipment in harmful quantities in case of temporary power-ful water jets.IP 67Complete protection against contact with live parts, protection againstingress of dust, protection against the effects of immersion under definedconditions:1 m depth of water for 30 minutes.IP 68 (ifm specific definition)Complete protection against contact with live parts, protection againstingress of dust, protection against the effects of immersion under definedconditions:1 m depth of water for 7 days.IP 69 KComplete protection against contact with live parts, protection againstingress of dust, protection against ingress of water during high-pressuresteam cleaning.
PTB / INERIS National bodies testing electrical equipment and approving it for hazardousareas.PTB = Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt Braunschweig und Berlin.INERIS = Institut National de L'Environnement Industriel et de Risques (France).
Technical glossary
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
199
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
PUR cable Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant to hydrolysis, therefore not suited for per-manent contact with water. In order to avoid breakage the cables should notbe moved if the temperature falls below -5°C.
PUR cable Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant to hydrolysis, therefore not suited for per-manent contact with water. In order to avoid breakage the cables should notbe bent if the temperature falls below -5 °C (-> plastics).
PUR/PVC cable (PPU cable) PVC cable with additional PUR sheathing. Oil-resistant cable. Not resistant tohydrolysis, therefore not suited for permanent contact with water. In orderto avoid breakage the cables should not be bent if the temperature fallsbelow -5 °C (-> plastics).
PVC cable Tried and tested standard cable. In order to avoid breakage the cables mustnot be moved if the temperature falls below -5 °C. PVC cables are not inten-ded for continuous operation in oily environments. They are neither resistantto ozone nor to ultra-violet light.
PWM output PWM stands for pulse-width modulation. It is mainly used to trigger propor-tional valves (PWM valves) for mobile and robust controller applications.Also, with an additional component (accessory) for a PWM output the pulse-width modulated output signal can be converted into an analogue outputvoltage (-> analogue output). The PWM output signal is a pulsed signal between GND and supply voltage. Within a defined period (PWM frequency)the mark to space ratio varies. The connected load determines the corresponding current depending on the mark to space ratio.
Residual ripple The standing ripple component of the DC output voltage. It is either statedas root-mean-square value (rms) or as peak-to-peak value (pp).
SELV SELV (Safe Extra Low Voltage) describes an electrical system in which the vol-tage does not exceed the value of 60 V DC. It includes a protective measureagainst direct and indirect contact with dangerous voltage, the so-called“safe isolation” from the supply system. In contrast to a PELV system a SELVsystem must not be grounded.
Short-circuit protection The power outputs of the controller components are protected against shortcircuit and overload. For components with diagnostic capabilities the fault isalso indicated in the software and hardware.
Storage temperature Temperature range in which the device can be stored without being dama-ged. The safe operation is only ensured when the operating temperature hasbeen reached.
TPR cable Cable for operating temperatures from -40 °C...150 °C. Good resistance tooils, fuels, acids and alkalies.
Technical informationand customer service
Technical glossary
Control systems
200
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Technical glossary
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
con
tro
llers
I/O m
od
ule
sD
ialo
gu
em
od
ule
sD
iag
no
sis
and
ser
vice
Sen
sors
for
mo
bile
app
licat
ion
s
Sig
nal
con
vert
ers
Co
nn
ecti
on
tech
no
log
yA
cces
sori
esTe
chn
ical
info
rmat
ion
and
cu
sto
mer
serv
ice
201
Abbreviations used in thewiring diagrams
A = AnalogueBH = Binary high-sideBL = Binary low-sideCANH = CAN interfaceCANL = CAN interfaceCYL = Input for time period measurementENC = Input for encoder signalsFRQ = Input for frequency measurementH = H bridgesIH = Pulse high-sideIL = Pulse low-sideL = LoadPH = PWM high-sidePL = PWM low-sidePWM = Output for pulse-width-modulated signalsR = Readback channelRxD = Serial interface (data received)S = SensorTxD = Serial interface (data transmitted)%IWx = IEC address for analogue input%IX0.xx = IEC address for binary input%QX0.xx = IEC address for binary output
Other ifm products
Technical informationand customer service
ifm informationand ordering service
202
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Position sensorsand objectrecognition
Electromagnetic field immune and temperature shock resistant sensors · High-gradestainless steel housings · Protection up to IP 69 K · Versions with increased sensingrange · Analogue output · Use e.g. in hazardous areas, in the food industry and inmobile machines · Sensors with correction factor 0 or 1
Inductive sensors
High operational reliability by increased noise immunity · Adjustable sensing ranges ·Variable connection options by cable, connector or terminals · Versions for industrialapplications and use in hazardous areas
Capacitive sensors
Cylinder sensors: For robust industrial applications · For position detection of pistonsin pneumatic cylinders · Versions with ATEX approval · Accessories for all commoncylinder types · Magnetic sensors: For position detection · Polarity independent ·Ingress resistant to high-pressure cleaning
Magnetic sensors, cylinder sensors
Sensors in compliance with the machinery directive · All four control categoriesavailable · Direct connection to PLCs and logic modules · Sensors operating withoutcoded target · Enable zone monitored for target position and dwell time
Safety technology
Absolutely safely with no wear at all · Protection rating IP 67 · Resistant to mechanicalstress such as shock or vibration · Special versions for AS-interface and hazardousareas · Quick and easy mounting
Valve sensors
Infrared and red light sensors: Through-beam, retro-reflective and retro-reflectivesensors with polarisation filter · Diffuse reflection sensors · Fibre optics · Laser sensors ·Colour and contrast detection · Glass and film detection· Laser distance sensors withPMD technology: 10 m range · Background suppression
Photoelectric sensors
Object recognition for assembly and manufacturing tasks and quality control · Orientation-independent recognition of contour and orientation · Ultra-flat back-lights for 4 times higher luminous power
Object recognition
Incremental encoders: Solid shaft encoders · Hollow shaft encoders with integratedstator coupling · Absolute encoders: Singleturn and multiturn · SSI interface · ProfibusDP gateway
Encoders
Pulse processing and display: Monitors with various pulse evaluation functions · Speedmonitors · Programmable counters · Digital displays · Hazardous dust areas · Trans-former and switched-mode power supplies: Versions from 1 to 40 A
Evaluation systems, power supplies
High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres
Connection technology
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
ifm informationand ordering service
203
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Fluid sensorsand diagnosticsystems
Capacitive level sensors: For liquids and dry bulk material · Increased noise immunity ·Level sensors: Local level indication · Point level sensors: Versions with approvals to theGerman overspill standard WHG section 19
Level sensors
Flow sensors with integrated control monitor or external amplifier · Flow sensors forhazardous areas · Flow rate sensor for industrial applications · Airflow sensor ·Thermal compressed air meter for leakage monitoring · Consumed quantity meter forspecial gases
Flow sensors
High overload resistance · Universal process fitting via adapter · Alphanumeric LEDdisplay · Maintenance-free and with longterm stability · Setting of the switch pointspossible without system pressure · Special versions for process technology andintegration into hydraulic / pneumatic networks
Pressure sensors
Control monitors with integrated sensor or for the connection of probe / cable sensors ·Pt100 / Pt1000 versions · Universal process connection via adapter · Alphanumeric LEDdisplay · Analogue and / or switching outputs
Temperature sensors
Rolling element bearing diagnosis: Rolling element bearing damage can be detectedas it arises · Increased uptime of plants and machines · Real-time maintenance: Sensorswith serial or Ethernet interface · Visualisation software · Diagnostic electronics forvibration sensors
Diagnostic systems
Switching amplifiers: Threshold relay for standard signals with RS-232 interface ·Digital displays with LED or LCD display · Transformer / switched-mode powersupplies: Transformer power supply with 1 or 2 channels · Integrated sensor supply ·Switched-mode power supplies with a stable supply voltage
Evaluation systems, power supplies
High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug ·Versions for different applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electro-magnetic fields, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres
Connection technology
Other ifm products
Technical informationand customer service
ifm informationand ordering service
204
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Connection technologyHigh-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres
Bus systems
Identificationsystems
AS-i controller with integrated PLC · Masters · Gateways to all common bus systems ·AS-i repeaters · I/O modules · AS-i Safety at Work · Intelligent sensors with integratedAS-i slave · AS-i actuators · Extensive range of accessories · Software
Bus system AS-interface
AS-i switched-mode power supplies · PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204 ·Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks · One-phase or three-phase versions ·Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V · Rail mounting
Power supplies
Industrially compatible identification system for AS-interface · Read / write head orread head requiring little space due to the narrow design · Coding of workpiece car-riers in routing conveyors · Quick and easy set-up
RF-identification systems
Sensors for reading 1D and 2D codes · High reading speed and data protection · Smallrobust design · Direct PLC connection · Quick and easy set-up · High readability onrough, very reflective or structured surfaces with diffuser (cloudy day) or spotlight
Multicode reading systems
AS-i switched-mode power supplies · PELV requirements to EN 50178 and EN 60204 ·Voltage selector for 230 V or 115 V networks · One-phase or three-phase versions ·Regulated DC output voltage between 29.5 V und 31.6 V · Rail mounting
Power supplies
High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres
Connection technology
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
ifm informationand ordering service
205
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Controlsystems
Controllers and masters with CANopen gateway · Remote maintenance and diagnosis ·Displays and operating elements · Decentralised I/O modules to control proportionalhydraulic valves · Sensors · Data memory and logger
Control systems for mobile vehicles
High-quality connectors · From M8, M12, M18 standard versions to the valve plug · Fordifferent applications: Industrial applications, oils and coolants, electromagnetic fields,robotics, hygienic and wet areas as well as explosive atmospheres
Connection technology
Internet service
Technical informationand customer service
ifm informationand ordering service
206
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
*Some offered information is available country-specific.
www.ifm.comInformation around the clock andaround the globe in 22 languages on the internet.
• Information- product innovations- company news- exhibition info- locations- jobs
• Documentation- data sheets- operating instructions- manuals- approvals- CAD data
• Communication*- request for documents- recall service- live advice- newsletter
• Selection- interactive product selection aids- configuration tools- data sheet direct
• Animation- virtual product animations- flash movies (video sequences)
• Application- applications- product recommendations- calculation aids
• Transaction*- e-shop processing- e-procurement catalogues- B2B services
ifm informationand ordering service
207
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
**Already available in many countries
Convenient order processingvia the e-shop** on the internet.
Secured authentication
Customer-related priceindication
Real time availability check
Personal product favourites
Online parcel tracking
Individual order history
Convenient quick input form
Simple order processing
Management of shippingaddresses
Confirmations by e-mail
Customer serviceOrdering service
Technical informationand customer service
ifm informationand ordering service
208
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
The company in close contact with youifm is present on all important markets – in more than 70 countries world-wide. Wherever you export, we are always close to you. In Germany aloneover 100 employees in 7 branches advise our customers. ifm production sitesare located in Germany and the USA. We support you with workshops andseminars in our worldwide training centres and in your plant.
At home in your industryWe provide you with standard solutions and concepts tailored to the require-ments of your industry. This is backed by the knowledge of our engineerswho are always up to date. Our worldwide application know-how is con-stantly updated via our company own Intranet.Our special project service helps you with tenders and project plannings.
Investments in product availabilityFor our customers we invested a lot in development and production capaci-ties. Due to state-of-the-art production technology we can manufacture bigquantities quickly and in a consistently high quality. The central logistic centre guarantees high availability of our products.
ifm informationand ordering service
209
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
Request for quotation
Request for sample
Request for technical data
Quantity required Order no. Quantity required Order no.
Company
Department
Name
Street
Post code / town
Tel.
Date
First name
Signature
Attention second fax!Please tick this box if you fax yourorder again due to an error message.
Cross your
choice!
Argentinienifm electronic s.r.l.Manuela Sáenz 3235º piso, oficina 3C1107BPA - Puerto MaderoBuenos Aires, ArgentinaTel/Fax: (011) 5353-3436Interior: [email protected]/ar
Australiaifm efector pty ltd.P.O. Box 4084Suite 3, 745 Springvale RoadMulgrave VIC 3170Tel. 1300 365 088Fax 1300 365 [email protected]
Austriaifm electronic gmbhWienerbergstraße 41Gebäude E1120 ViennaTel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 [email protected]/at
BangladeshSensotec AutomationRed Crescent Chamber87, Motijheel CommercialAreaDhaka 1000BangladeshTel. +880 171 546 [email protected]
BelarusDEPOSIT INVESTJoint-Stock CompanyBlock 2, 27 Zheleznodorovhnaya street220089 MinskRepublic of BelarusTel. +375-17-270 75 06Fax +375-17-270 75 [email protected]
Belgium and Luxembourgifm electronic n.v./s.a.Zuiderlaan 911731 ZellikBelgiëTel. +32 2 481 0220Fax +32 2 463 [email protected]/be
Brazilifm electronic Ltda.Rua Eleonora Cintra, 140Jardim Analia Franco03337-000 São Paulo/SPTel. +55-11-2672-1730Fax [email protected]/br
BulgariaANIPALVranja Str. 301233 SofiaTel. +359-2-33 32 37Fax +359-2-931 15 [email protected]
Canadaifm efector Canada Inc. 700 Dorval Drive/CorporateCentreOakville; L6K3V3 OntarioTel. +1-800-441-8246 Fax [email protected]
ChileR y D INDUSTRIALBo. Paz Barahona11 Ave. 14 y 15 CalleS.O. #142San Pedro SulaTelefon:+504 5503703Telefax:+504 [email protected] IndustrialSchädler y Cia. Ltda.Av. Antonio Varas 1871Providencia6641545 SantiagoTel. +56 / 2 / 274 74 30Fax +56 / 2 / 204 93 [email protected]
Chinaifm electronic (Shanghai)Co., LtdBuilding 15, No 912Bi Bo Road, Pu Dong DistrictShanghai 201210, ChinaTel. +86-21-50278559 Fax +86-21-50278669Fax [email protected] www.ifm.com/cnifm electronic (HK) LtdUnits 1103-1104, 11/F. Tower 2, MetroplazaNo. 223 Hing Fong Road KWAI CHUNGN.T., HONG KONGTel. +852 3528-0462Fax +852 [email protected]
Croatiaifm electronic gmbhWienerbergstr. 41Gebäude EA-1120 WienTel. +43 / 1 / 617 45 00Fax +43 / 1 / 617 45 00 [email protected]/hr
Czech Republicifm electronic spol.s.r.o.U Krízku 571252 43 PragueTel. +420 / 2 / 67 990 211 Fax +420 / 2 / 67 750 180 [email protected]/cz
Denmarkifm electronic a/sRingager 4A, 1.sal tv.2605 BrøndbyTel +45 70 20 11 08Fax +45 70 20 11 [email protected]/dk
Dominican RepublicWECH AUTOCONTROLES S. A.Ave. Romulo Betancourt 2158 Edificio WechUrb. RenacimientoSanto DomingoDominican RepublicTel.: + 1 809-531-0550Fax: + 1 [email protected]
EgyptEgyptian Establishment forElectromechanical SuppliesMr. Ahmed Gouda27 Al-Salam StreetAl Arezona, Al Haram RoadGiza 12111, CairoTel. +20 / 2 / 586 49 49Fax +20 / 2 / 586 49 49Mobile +20 10 10 61 [email protected]
EstoniaPesmel Estonia LTDSegu 476505 SaueEstoniaTel.: +372 674 73 30 Fax: +372 674 73 [email protected]
Finlandifm electronic oyVaakatie 5 00440 Helsinki Tel. +358 / 9 / 751 777 00 Fax +358 / 9 / 751 777 10 [email protected]/fi
Franceifm electronicSiège :Savoie Technolac BP22673374 Le Bourget du LacAgence commerciale :Immeuble Uranus1-3 rue Jean Richepin93192 NOISY LE GRANDCEDEXTél: 0820 22 30 01Fax: 0820 22 22 [email protected]/fr
Germanyifm electronic gmbhTeichstraße 445127 EssenTel. +49 201 2 42 20Fax +49 201 2 42 22 [email protected]/de
Greeceifm electronic monoprosopi E.P.E.27, Andrea Papandreou Street15125 AmaroussiGreeceTel +30 210 61 800 90Fax +30 210 61 994 [email protected]/gr
Hungaryifm electronic kft.Közép u. 16. II.em. 208. irodaH-9024 GyörTel. +36-96 / 518-397Fax +36-96 / [email protected]/hu
Indiaifm electronic India Branch OfficePlot No. P-39/1MIDC Gokul ShirgaonKolhapur – 416234Maharashtra State, IndiaTel. +91 / 231 / 267 27 70Fax +91 / 231 / 267 23 [email protected]/in
IndonesiaPT Indoserako SejahteraJl. P. Jayakarta 121 No. 5910730 Jakarta PusatTel. +62 / 21 6 24 8923Fax +62 / 21 6 24 [email protected]
Irelandifm electronic (Ireland) Ltd.No. 7, The CourtyardKilcarbery Business ParkNew Nangor RoadClondalkinDublin 22Tel. +353 / 1 / 413 60 66Fax +353 / 1 / 457 38 [email protected]/ie
IsraelAstragal Ltd.3, Hashikma Str.Azur 58001P.O. Box 99Azur 58190Tel. +972 / 3 / 5 59 16 60Fax +972 / 3 / 5 59 23 [email protected]
Italyifm electronicCentro Direzionale ColleoniPalazzo Andromeda 2Via Paracelso No. 1820041 Agrate-Brianza (Milan)Tel. +39 / 039 68 99 982Fax +39 / 039 68 99 [email protected]/it
Japanefector co. ltd.Chiba Higashi Techno Green Park2-9-20 OkayamadaiTogane-shi, Chiba 283-0826Tel. +81 / 475 50 3003Fax +81 / 475 50 [email protected]
JordanAl Mashreqan Trading SuppliesP.O.Box.85105411185 SwaifiehAmman - Jordan.Tel. +962 6 581 8841Fax +962 6 581 [email protected]
Koreaifm electronic Ltd.2F Hyundai Liberty House#201Hannam-Dong 258,Yongsan-Gu,Seoul, KoreaTel +82 2-790-5610Fax +82 [email protected]/krKC Enterprises Co., Ltd.Royal Plaza Suite 404Janghang-Dong 864-1,Ilsan-Gu, Goyang-SiGyeonggi-Do, KoreaTel +82 31 903 3731Fax +82 31 908 [email protected]
LatviaEC SystemsKatlakalna Str. 4A1073 RigaLatviaTel.: +371 724 1231Fax: +371 724 [email protected]
LebanonMiddle East DevelopmentCo. SAL (MEDEVCO)Medevco Building Jeita Main Road Jeita - Kesrouan LebanonMail address :P.O.Box 67 Jounieh LebanonTel + 961-9-233550 Fax + 961-9-233554 [email protected]
LithuaniaElinta UABPramones pr.. 16E51187 KaunasLithuaniaTel.: +370 37 351 987Fax: +370 37 452 [email protected]
Malaysiaifm electronic Pte. LtdMalaysian Branch Office12.03A Level 12, MenaraSummitPersiaran Kewajipan USJ 147600 UEP - Subang Jaya,Selangor.Tel. +60 / 3 / 8024 5022Fax +60 / 3 / 8024 [email protected]
Technical informationand customer service
ifm informationand ordering service
Addresses
210
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
ifm electronicAsia Regional OfficeNo. 21, Jalan Kemunting,Taman Kebun The80250 Johor BahruJohor, West MalaysiaTel. +60 / 7 / 332 5022Fax +60 / 7 / 332 [email protected]
Mexicoifm efector S. de R.L. de C.V.Anillo Periférico, 1816-1Col. Hacienda San JerónimoMonterrey, N.L.Mexico 64630Tel. +52-81-8040-3535Fax +52-81-8040-2343www.ifmefector.mx
Netherlandsifm electronic b.v.Deventerweg 1 E3843 GA HarderwijkTel. +31 / 341 438 438Fax +31 / 341 438 [email protected]/nl
New Zealandifm efector pty ltd.Unit B, 20 Cain RoadPenrose, AucklandTel. +64 / 95 79 69 91Fax +64 / 95 79 92 [email protected]/nz
NigeriaAutomated Process Ltd3rd Floor, 32 Lagos AbeokutaExpresswayNear Cement Bus StopDopemu, AgegeLagos State, NigeriaTel. + 234 / 01 / 4729 967Fax + 234 /01 / 4925 [email protected]
NorwaySiv.Ing. J.F.Knudtzen ASBillingstadsletta 971396 BillingstadPostboks 1601378 NesbruTel. +47 / 66 98 33 50Fax +47 / 66 98 09 [email protected]
OmanTechnical Engineering Company LLC.P.O.Box. 59 Madinat Al Sultan QaboosPostal Code 115 Sultanate of OmanTel + 968 24503593Fax + 968 [email protected]
PakistanAB AutomationShop No.2. Rubab ChamberM.A. Jinnah RoadOff Sarai RoadKarachiTel. +92 / 21 / 2412 278Fax +92 / 21 / 2422 [email protected]
Perudekatec s.a.c.Los Calderos 188Urb. Vulcano, AteLima / PeruTel. +511 / 348 0293Tel. +511 / 348 0458Tel. +511 / 348 2269Fax +511 / 349 [email protected]
PhilippinesGram Industrial, Inc.Unit 410 Common GoalTowerFinance cor. Industry St.,Madrigal Business Park,Ayala Alabang, MuntinlupaCity1770 Philipines Telefax: (+63) 2 850-8496 Tel.: (+63) 2 [email protected]
Polandifm electronic Sp.z o.o.ul. Kosciuszki 175PL 40-524 KatowiceTel. +48 / 32 / 60 87 454Fax +48 / 32 / 60 87 [email protected]/pl
Portugalifm electronic - Sucursal em PortugalAvenida da Republica 25034430-208 Vila Nova de GaiaTel. +351 / 22 / 37 17 108Fax +351 / 22 / 37 17 [email protected]/pt
Romaniaifm electronic s.r.l.Str. Cristian Nr. 5550073 SibiuTel.: 0040 269 224550Fax: 0040 269 [email protected]
Russiaifm electronicIbragimova, 31, k.50office 607105318 MoscowTel.: +7 (495) 921-44-14Fax: +7 (499) [email protected]/ru
Saudi ArabiaNoor Al-Shomoe for Electric & MaintenanceKing Khalid Street, Cross 5P.O. Box 2571Al-Khobar 31952Kingdom of Saudi ArabiaTel. +9 663 864 49 58Fax +9 663 894 63 [email protected]
Singaporeifm electronic Pte. Ltd.25, Intern. Business Park#03-104 German Center609 916 SingaporeTel. +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 61Fax +65 / 6 / 5 62 86 [email protected]/sg
Slovakiaifm electronic spol. s.r.o.Rybnicna 40835 54 BratislavaTel. +421 / 2 / 44 87 23 29Fax +421 / 2 / 44 64 60 [email protected]/sk
South Africaifm electronic (pty) LtdShorrok HouseRoute 21 Corporate ParkNellmapius Drive, Irene Ext. 30, Centurion 0157, Pretoria Postnet Suite 279Private bag X8Elardus Park0047Tel. +27 (0) 861 IFM RSA /436 772Fax +27 (0) 12 345 [email protected]/za
Spainifm electronic - Sucursal en EspañaEdificio Prima Muntadas AParc Mas BlauC/Berguedà 108820 El Prat de LlobregatTel. +34 / 93 / 479 30 80Fax +34 / 93 / 479 30 [email protected]/es
Swedenifm electronic abHallavägen 10 512 60 Överlida Office Gothenburg:Drakegatan 641250 GothenburgTel. +46 / 325 / 66 15 00 Tel. +46 / 325 / 66 15 50Fax +46 / 325 / 66 15 [email protected]/se
Switzerlandifm electronic agAltgraben 274624 HärkingenTel. +41 / 62 / 388 80 30Fax +41 / 62 / 388 80 [email protected]/ch
SyriaI.E.C. Industrial EngineeringCenterP.O. Box 15 Sehnaya, DamascusSyriaTel. + 963 11 532 13 19Fax. + 963 11 442 12 [email protected]
ThailandSang Chai Meter Co., Ltd.694/23-26 Phaholyothin RoadSamsen Nai, Phayathai Bangkok 10400 Tel. +66 / 2 / 616 8051Fax +66 / 2 / 616 [email protected]
Turkeyifm electronic Ltd. Sti.Perpa Ticaret Merkezi ElektrokentA Blok Kat:11 NO: 1557/155934384 Okmeydani/ IstanbulTelefon +90 / 212 / 210 5080Faks +90 / 212 / 221 [email protected]/tr
Ukrainaifm electronicMariny Raskovoj 1102660 KievUkraineTel. +380 44 501 8543Fax +380 44 501 [email protected]/ua
United Arab Emirates -DubaiNoor Al-Shomoe ElectricalEquipments Est.P.O.Box. 64052Unit no. 36Reef Real EstateJebel Ali Industrial Area no. 3DubaiUnited Arab Emirates.Tel.. + 971 4 880 3838Fax.+ 971 4 880 3883Mobile: + 971 [email protected] Arab Emirates - AbuDhabiAl Injazat TechnicalTrading ServicesP.O. Box 42895Abu DhabiUnited Arab EmiratesTel. +971 2 622 6030Fax +971 2 622 [email protected]
United Kingdomifm electronic Ltd.efector HouseKingsway Business ParkOldfield RoadHamptonMiddlesex TW12 2HDTel. +44 / 20 / 8213 0000Fax +44 / 20 / 8213 [email protected]/uk
USAefector inc.805 Springdale Drive Exton, PA 19341 Tel. +1 / 610 524 2000 Fax +1 / 610 524 [email protected]
VenezuelaPetrobornas, C.A.Zona Industrial Los PinosAvda. Principal UD 304C. C. Los Pinos - Local "E"(8015) - Puerto Ordaz - Edo.BolivarVenezuelaTel. +58 / 286 / 717 31 52Fax +58 / 286 / 717 31 [email protected]
VietnamThien Viet Electrical Serviceand Trading Co., Ltd.784 Dien Bien Phu Str.Ward 11, Dist. 10Ho-Chi-Minh-City, Viet NamTel. +84 / 8 / 830 9916 Fax +84 / 8 / 830 [email protected]
Visit our website: www.ifm.com
ifm informationand ordering service
211
Gen
eral
info
rmat
ion
List
of
arti
cles
Mo
bile
co
ntr
olle
rsI/O
-mo
du
les
Dia
log
ue
mo
du
les
Dia
gn
osi
san
d s
ervi
ceSe
nso
rs
for
mo
bile
ap
plic
atio
ns
Sig
nal
co
nve
rter
sC
on
nec
tio
nte
chn
olo
gy
Acc
esso
ries
Tech
nic
alin
form
atio
nan
d c
ust
om
erse
rvic
e
ifm electronic –
ifm article no. 7511306 · Printed in Germany on non-chlorine paper.We reserve the right to make technical alterations without prior notice. · 10.2008
www.ifm.com
visit our website:
Overview ifm main catalogues:
Position sensorsand object recognition
Inductive sensorsCapacitive sensorsMagnetic sensors,cylinder sensorsSafety technologyValve sensorsPhotoelectric sensorsObject recognitionEncodersEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology
Fluid sensorsand diagnostic systems
Level sensorsFlow sensorsPressure sensorsTemperature sensorsDiagnostic systemsEvaluation systems,power suppliesConnection technology
Bus systems
Bus system AS-interfacePower suppliesConnection technology
Identification systems
Multicode reading systemsRF-identification systemsPower suppliesConnection technology
Control systems
Control systemsfor mobile vehiclesConnection technology